"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:9
#, no-c-format
msgid "Autostart"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: author
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:11
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: trans_comment
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:12
#, no-c-format
msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: date
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:15
#, no-c-format
msgid "2018-03-25"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: releaseinfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:16
#, no-c-format
msgid "&plasma; 5.12"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:19
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "autostart"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "desktop file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "script file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:28
#, no-c-format
msgid "Autostart Manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:30
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This module is a configuration tool for managing what programs start up with your personal &plasma;. It allows you to add programs or scripts so they automatically run during startup or shutdown of your &plasma; session and to manage them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "This module is a configuration tool for managing what programs start up with your personal &plasma;. It allows you to add programs or scripts so they automatically start during the startup or shutdown of your &plasma; session and to manage them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please note that in this module all changes are immediately applied."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:34
#, no-c-format
msgid "The program scans <filename>$HOME/.config/autostart/</filename>, <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/plasma-workspace/env</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/plasma-workspace/shutdown</filename> folders to check what programs and scripts are already there and displays them. It allows you to manage them easily."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that you can change the location of your <filename class=\"directory\">Autostart</filename> folder in <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Locations</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the <guilabel>Personalization</guilabel> category of the &systemsettings; and set a different folder than <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/autostart</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "The autostart feature has a bug, currently it is not possible to run a script after the startup of your &plasma; session."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please read also <ulink url=\"help:/kcontrol/kcmsmserver\">Desktop Session</ulink> and <ulink url=\"help:/kcontrol/kded\">Background Services</ulink> for information how to configure the startup behavior of your &plasma; session."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some &kde; applications handle the autostart behavior on their own, ⪚ you can enable or disable autostart of an application in the settings dialog (&kalarm;) or you have to use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (&konversation;, &kopete;), otherwise the application is still running in the systemtray and will be restarted on next login."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Migration from &kde; Workspaces 4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "To migrate your personal autostart setting from &kde; Workspaces 4:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy desktop files from <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.kde/Autostart</filename> to <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/autostart</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy pre startup script files from <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.kde/Autostart</filename> to <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/plasma-workspace/env</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy shutdown script files from <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.kde/Autostart</filename> to <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/plasma-workspace/shutdown</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "Files display"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "The main part of the module displays the programs that are loaded when &plasma; starts and scripts that are run when &plasma; starts, shutdowns or before &plasma; starts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:65
#, no-c-format
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "You cannot amend this column. It states the name of the program or script you want to start with &plasma;. The name is extracted from the Desktop file from the Name key for a program and is the filename for a script."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:73
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "This column lists the commands that are run to start the program. Commands for a program can be modified through the <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> button or by double clicking the program row. The command is extracted from the Desktop file from the Exec key."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "For a script the command is the path to the script and can not be modified."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:84
#, no-c-format
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "This setting is only available for programs through Desktop files. You can keep a program in the <filename class=\"directory\">Autostart</filename> folder but disable it from being run at &plasma; start. Unchecking the status <guilabel>Enabled</guilabel> the program will not run on start."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "Unchecking the status <guilabel>Enabled</guilabel> sets the Desktop file Hidden property to true in the <filename class=\"directory\">Autostart</filename> folder."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "Run On"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:97
#, no-c-format
msgid "Programs (Desktop files) can only be run on startup. Scripts can be run on <guilabel>Startup</guilabel>, <guilabel>Shutdown</guilabel> or <guilabel>Before session startup</guilabel>. This column allows you to change when your script is run. Startup is when &plasma; starts, shutdown is when you log out of &plasma; and before session startup is before &plasma; starts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scripts and desktop files set to run on <guilabel>Startup</guilabel> are copied or symlinked in <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/autostart</filename> and will be run during &plasma; startup."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:103
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scripts set on to be ran on <guilabel>Shutdown</guilabel> are copied or symlinked in the <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/plasma-workspace/shutdown</filename> directory and will be automatically run during &plasma; shutdown after the user has logged out."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:106
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scripts set to run at <guilabel>Pre-&plasma; Startup</guilabel> are copied or symlinked in <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/plasma-workspace/env</filename> and are sourced during &plasma; startup (the <filename>startkde</filename> script will look for scripts here)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scripts set to run at <guilabel>Pre-&kde; Startup</guilabel> are copied or symlinked in <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.config/plasma-workspace/env</filename> and are sourced during &plasma; startup (the <filename>startkde</filename> script will look for scripts here)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:109
#, no-c-format
msgid "Only scripts with the <filename class=\"extension\">.sh</filename> extension can be read by &plasma; for <guilabel>Before session startup</guilabel> and <guilabel>Shutdown</guilabel> modes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
msgid "Actions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "On the bottom you have some buttons to change the way Autostart is configured. You can add programs or scripts, remove them or change their properties."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "On the right you have some buttons to change the way Autostart is configure. You can add programs or scripts, remove them or change their properties."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Program"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:126
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking this button displays the standard &plasma; <guilabel>Choose Application</guilabel> dialog and allows you to choose which program you want to start. After choosing the program, clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> brings you the properties for this program."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "This will copy the program Desktop file in your <filename class=\"directory\">Autostart</filename> folder."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Script"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This button opens a dialog which asks you for the location of the script you want to add. If you keep <guilabel>Create as symlink</guilabel> checked (default) then the script will be added as a symlink. If you uncheck this option then the script will be copied to the corresponding local folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button opens a dialog which asks you for the location of the script you want to add. If you keep <guilabel>Create as symlink</guilabel> checked (default) then the script will be added as a symlink. If you uncheck this option then the script will be copied in the corresponding local folder."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:142
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:144
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove will immediately remove the Desktop file for the program or the script or symbolic link in the <filename class=\"directory\">Autostart</filename> folder."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:149
#, no-c-format
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button (only enabled for programs &ie; Desktop files) allows you to change the properties of the program or script. You have general properties, permissions properties, a preview when applicable and properties related to the application for programs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:156
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:158
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This button only applies to programs (&ie; Desktop files). A dialog asks you if you want the program to autostart only in &plasma; (and not in other desktop environments you might run). By default, the program will autostart in all desktop environments you might run. Checking <guilabel>Autostart only in Plasma</guilabel> will autostart the program only if you start the &plasma; desktop environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button only applies to programs (&ie; Desktop files). A dialog asks you if you only want the program to autostart only in &plasma; (and not in other desktop environments you might run). By default, the program will autostart in all desktop environments you might run. Checking <guilabel>Autostart only in Plasma</guilabel> will autostart the program only if you start the &plasma; desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:161
#, no-c-format
msgid "This sets the value Plasma to the OnlyShowIn key of the program Desktop file."
+msgid "&atlantik; is a &kde; client for playing &Monopoly;-like board games on the &monopd; network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:45
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:46
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "kdegames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:47
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Atlantik"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:48
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "monopd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:54
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:56
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Purpose of the &atlantik; board game is to acquire land in major cities in North America and Europe while being a transatlantic traveler. To win the game, players improve monopolized land with profitable buildings in the hopes of bankrupting all other players."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:61
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "All game modes are served by &monopd;, a dedicated game server designed for &atlantik;. One of the game modes plays like the popular real estate board game known as &Monopoly;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:68
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Connecting to a Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:70
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&atlantik; requires a game server to connect to. If you have an Internet connection, you can request a list of public Internet servers and you will not require additional software. If you want to play &atlantik; locally, on a <acronym>LAN</acronym> or on a private Internet server, you can enter the hostname and port to connect to. In this case, you will need the <ulink url=\"http://gtkatlantic.gradator.net/\">&monopd;</ulink> server software installed and running on the host you are connecting to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:78
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you have problems connecting to a server, the following troubleshoot notes might help you:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:82
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Try another server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:85
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Check your firewall and masquerading settings. Restrictions might be in place preventing you from connecting to servers or receiving reply traffic. By default, &monopd; servers use TCP port 1234. If you are not sure, contact your system administrator."
+msgid "<action>Reconnect</action> to the last game. This is available only in case &atlantik; did not quit cleanly from a game (usually because it crashed), and cannot be done anymore once you connect to a server."
+msgid "<guimenu>Move</guimenu><guimenuitem>Use Card to Leave Jail</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:157
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use a card to leave jail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:161
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Move</guimenu><guimenuitem>Roll to Leave Jail</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:163
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Roll the dice to leave the jail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:169
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Settings and Help Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:171
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&atlantik; has the the common &kde; <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> and <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menus described in the <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/ui.html#menus\">Menu</ulink> chapter of the &kde; Fundamentals documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:180
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Reporting Bugs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:182
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you think you have found a bug in &atlantik;, please report it. Developers often catch and fix bugs themselves, but you might experience issues not yet known. Not reporting your problems might very well prevent them from being fixed indefinitely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:187
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can report bugs for &atlantik; at the <ulink url=\"https://bugs.kde.org/\">&kde; Bug Tracking System</ulink>. Use the <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Report Bug...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item to visit the bug wizard with some details of your &atlantik; version filled in automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:193
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Please specify details in your bug report, such as game conditions. For example, a bug might only occur when people are in jail, or during an auction. If possible, save the event log and attach it to the bug report or send it to the author. It might contain vital clues about behavior that could lead to a faster resolution for the bug."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:202
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Answers to Frequently Asked Questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:208
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "How do I add a computer player?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:211
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unfortunately, computer opponents are not yet supported by &atlantik;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Users are advised to take advantage of the public Internet servers or a private <acronym>LAN</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:220
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "How do I trade?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:223
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Click on a player portfolio or estate with the &RMB; and you can open a trade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:225
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "There are a two usability issues with trades that can cause confusion. If you in any way include another player in a trade, that player will get the trade window. Any player can reject the terms, which unnecessarily ends the trade session for all other players as well. A trade has to be accepted by all players in it before it can completed, which can be complicated because players remain a participant in deals even when they are no longer involved with tradeable items."
+msgid "&atlantik; is a &kde; client for playing &Monopoly;-like board games on the &monopd; network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: man-atlantik.6.docbook:48
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Purpose of the &atlantik; board game is to acquire land in major cities in North America and Europe while being a transatlantic traveler. To win the game, players improve monopolized land with profitable buildings in the hopes of bankrupting all other players."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: man-atlantik.6.docbook:53
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "All game modes are served by &monopd;, a dedicated game server designed for &atlantik;. One of the game modes plays like the popular real estate board game known as &Monopoly;."
+msgid "More detailed user documentation is available from <ulink url=\"help:/atlantik\">help:/atlantik</ulink> (either enter this <acronym>URL</acronym> into &konqueror;, or run <userinput><command>khelpcenter</command> <parameter>help:/atlantik</parameter></userinput>)."
"This opens a new window just like this one with the current location and view.<nl/>"
"You can drag and drop items between windows."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu File"
msgid "New Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1167
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This opens a new <emphasis>Tab</emphasis> with the current location and view.<nl/>"
"A tab is an additional view within this window. You can drag and drop items between tabs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1175
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu File"
msgid "Close Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This closes the currently viewed tab. If no more tabs are left this window will close instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1181
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis quit"
msgid "This closes this window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: This will be the last paragraph for the whatsthis for all three:
#. Cut, Copy and Paste
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1190
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para><emphasis>Cut, Copy</emphasis> and <emphasis>Paste</emphasis> work between many applications and are among the most used commands. That's why their <emphasis>keyboard shortcuts</emphasis> are prominently placed right next to each other on the keyboard: <shortcut>Ctrl+X</shortcut>, <shortcut>Ctrl+C</shortcut> and <shortcut>Ctrl+V</shortcut>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1197
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis cut"
msgid ""
"This copies the items in your current selection to the <emphasis>clipboard</emphasis>.<nl/>"
"Use the <emphasis>Paste</emphasis> action afterwards to copy them from the clipboard to a new location. The items will be removed from their initial location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1203
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis copy"
msgid ""
"This copies the items in your current selection to the <emphasis>clipboard</emphasis>.<nl/>"
"Use the <emphasis>Paste</emphasis> action afterwards to copy them from the clipboard to a new location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1211
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Edit"
msgid "Paste"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1212
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis paste"
msgid ""
"This copies the items from your <emphasis>clipboard</emphasis> to the currently viewed folder.<nl/>"
"If the items were added to the clipboard by the <emphasis>Cut</emphasis> action they are removed from their old location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1219
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Search for files and folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1220
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis find"
msgid ""
"<para>This helps you find files and folders by opening a <emphasis>find bar</emphasis>. There you can enter search terms and specify settings to find the objects you are looking for.</para>"
"<para>Use this help again on the find bar so we can have a look at it while the settings are explained.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1228
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This selects all files and folders in the current location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1232 dolphinpart.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Edit"
msgid "Invert Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1233
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis invert"
msgid "This selects all objects that you have currently <emphasis>not</emphasis> selected instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1243
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis find"
msgid ""
"<para>This splits the folder view below into two autonomous views.</para>"
"<para>This way you can see two locations at once and move items between them quickly.</para>"
"Click this again afterwards to recombine the views."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1252
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar Stash"
msgid "Stash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1253
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Opens the stash virtual directory in a split window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1262
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View"
msgid "Stop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1263
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Stop loading"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1264
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "This stops the loading of the contents of the current folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1269
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Navigation Bar"
msgid "Editable Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1271
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This toggles the <emphasis>Location Bar</emphasis> to be editable so you can directly enter a location you want to go to.<nl/>"
"You can also switch to editing by clicking to the right of the location and switch back by confirming the edited location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1279
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Navigation Bar"
msgid "Replace Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1284
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This switches to editing the location and selects it so you can quickly enter a different location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1305
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu File"
msgid "Undo close tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1307
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis undo close tab"
msgid "This returns you to the previously closed tab."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1314
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This undoes the last change you made to files or folders.<nl/>"
"Such changes include <interface>creating, renaming</interface> and <interface>moving</interface> them to a different location or to the <filename>Trash</filename>. <nl/>"
"Changes that can't be undone will ask for your confirmation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1325
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"Go to your <filename>Home</filename> folder.<nl/>"
"Every user account has their own <filename>Home</filename> that contains their data including folders that contain personal application data."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1332
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Tools"
msgid "Show Filter Bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1333
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This opens the <emphasis>Filter Bar</emphasis> at the bottom of the window.<nl/>"
" There you can enter a text to filter the files and folders currently displayed. Only those that contain the text in their name will be kept in view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1342
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Tools"
msgid "Compare Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1350
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Tools"
msgid "Open Terminal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1352
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This opens a <emphasis>terminal</emphasis> application for the viewed location.</para>"
"<para>To learn more about terminals use the help in the terminal application.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1371
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This switches between having a <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> and having a <interface>Control</interface> button. Both contain mostly the same commands and configuration options."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1393
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Next Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1394
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Activate Next Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1400
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Previous Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1401
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Activate Previous Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1408
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Show Target"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1414
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Open in New Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1419
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Open in New Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1424
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Open in New Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1434
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Panels"
msgid "Unlock Panels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1436
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Panels"
msgid "Lock Panels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1438
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This switches between having panels <emphasis>locked</emphasis> or <emphasis>unlocked</emphasis>.<nl/>"
"Unlocked panels can be dragged to the other side of the window and have a close button.<nl/>"
"Locked panels are embedded more cleanly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1447
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: This is the last paragraph for the "What's This"-texts of all four panels.
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1471
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>To show or hide panels like this go to <interface>Control|Panels</interface> or <interface>View|Panels</interface>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1476
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para> This toggles the <emphasis>information</emphasis> panel at the right side of the window.</para>"
"<para>The panel provides in-depth information about the items your mouse is hovering over or about the selected items. Otherwise it informs you about the currently viewed folder.<nl/>"
"For single items a preview of their contents is provided.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1483
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This panel provides in-depth information about the items your mouse is hovering over or about the selected items. Otherwise it informs you about the currently viewed folder.<nl/>"
"For single items a preview of their contents is provided.</para>"
"<para>You can configure which and how details are given here by right-clicking.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1491
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1513
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This toggles the <emphasis>folders</emphasis> panel at the left side of the window.<nl/>"
"<nl/>"
"It shows the folders of the <emphasis>file system</emphasis> in a <emphasis>tree view</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1517
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This panel shows the folders of the <emphasis>file system</emphasis> in a <emphasis>tree view</emphasis>.</para>"
"<para>Click a folder to go there. Click the arrow to the left of a folder to see its subfolders. This allows quick switching between any folders.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1526
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window Shell terminal"
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1552
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This toggles the <emphasis>terminal</emphasis> panel at the bottom of the window.<nl/>"
"The location in the terminal will always match the folder view so you can navigate using either.</para>"
"<para>The terminal panel is not needed for basic computer usage but can be useful for advanced tasks. To learn more about terminals use the help in a standalone terminal application like Konsole.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1559
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This is the <emphasis>terminal</emphasis> panel. It behaves like a normal terminal but will match the location of the folder view so you can navigate using either.</para>"
"<para>The terminal panel is not needed for basic computer usage but can be useful for advanced tasks. To learn more about terminals use the help in a standalone terminal application like Konsole.</para>"
msgid "This displays all places in the places panel that have been hidden. They will appear semi-transparent unless you uncheck their hide property."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1624
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This toggles the <emphasis>places</emphasis> panel at the left side of the window.</para>"
"<para>It allows you to go to locations you have bookmarked and to access disk or media attached to the computer or to the network. It also contains sections to find recently saved files or files of a certain type.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1630
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This is the <emphasis>Places</emphasis> panel. It allows you to go to locations you have bookmarked and to access disk or media attached to the computer or to the network. It also contains sections to find recently saved files or files of a certain type.</para>"
"<para>Click on an entry to go there. Click with the right mouse button instead to open any entry in a new tab or new window.</para>"
"<para>New entries can be added by dragging folders onto this panel. Right-click any section or entry to hide it. Right-click an empty space on this panel and select <interface>Show Hidden Places</interface> to display it again.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1643
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View"
msgid "Panels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1712
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>Go to the folder that contains the currently viewed one.</para>"
"<para>All files and folders are organized in a hierarchical <emphasis>file system</emphasis>. At the top of this hierarchy is a directory that contains all data connected to this computer—the <emphasis>root directory</emphasis>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1730
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Control"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1848
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar Close left view"
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1849
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Close left view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1852
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar Close right view"
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1853
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Close right view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1857
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar Split view"
msgid "Split"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1858
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Split view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1895
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>. It provides access to commands and configuration options. Left-click on any of the menus on this bar to see its contents.</para>"
"<para>The Menubar can be hidden by unchecking <interface>Settings|Show Menubar</interface>. Then most of its contents become available through a <interface>Control</interface> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1902
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>. It allows quick access to frequently used actions.</para>"
"<para>It is highly customizable. All items you see in the <interface>Control</interface> menu or in the <interface>Menubar</interface> can be placed on the Toolbar. Just right-click on it and select <interface>Configure Toolbars…</interface> or find this action in the <interface>Control</interface> or <interface>Settings</interface> menu.</para>"
"<para>The location of the bar and the style of its buttons can also be changed in the right-click menu. Right-click a button if you want to show or hide its text.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1914
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis main view"
msgid ""
"<para>Here you can see the <emphasis>folders</emphasis> and <emphasis>files</emphasis> that are at the location described in the <interface>Location Bar</interface> above. This area is the central part of this application where you navigate to the files you want to use.</para>"
"<para>For an elaborate and general introduction to this application <link url='https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin/File_Management#Introduction_to_Dolphin'>click here</link>. This will open an introductory article from the <emphasis>KDE UserBase Wiki</emphasis>.</para>"
"<para>For brief explanations of all the features of this <emphasis>view</emphasis> <link url='help:/dolphin/dolphin-view.html'>click here</link> instead. This will open a page from the <emphasis>Handbook</emphasis> that covers the basics.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1930
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This opens a window that lists the <emphasis>keyboard shortcuts</emphasis>.<nl/>"
"There you can set up key combinations to trigger an action when they are pressed simultaneously. All commands in this application can be triggered this way.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1936
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This opens a window in which you can change which buttons appear on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>.</para>"
"<para>All items you see in the <interface>Control</interface> menu or in the <interface>Menubar</interface> can also be placed on the Toolbar.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1941
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This opens a window where you can change a multitude of settings for this application. For an explanation of the various settings go to the chapter <emphasis>Configuring Dolphin</emphasis> in <interface>Help|Dolphin Handbook</interface>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1959
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis handbook"
msgid "<para>This opens the Handbook for this application. It provides explanations for every part of <emphasis>Dolphin</emphasis>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1964
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis second half of handbook hb text without link"
msgid "<para>If you want more elaborate introductions to the different features of <emphasis>Dolphin</emphasis> go to the KDE UserBase Wiki.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1969
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis second half of handbook text with link"
msgid "<para>If you want more elaborate introductions to the different features of <emphasis>Dolphin</emphasis> <link url='https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin/File_Management'>click here</link>. It will open the dedicated page in the KDE UserBase Wiki.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1975
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis whatsthis button"
msgid "<para>This is the button that invokes the help feature you are using right now! Click it, then click any component of this application to ask \"What's this?\" about it. The mouse cursor will change appearance if no help is available for a spot.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1982
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis second half of whatsthis button text without link"
msgid ""
"<para>There are two other ways to get help for this application: The <interface>Dolphin Handbook</interface> in the <interface>Help</interface> menu and the <emphasis>KDE UserBase Wiki</emphasis> article about <emphasis>File Management</emphasis> online.</para>"
"<para>The \"What's this?\" help is missing in most other windows so don't get too used to this.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1990
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis second half of whatsthis button text with link"
msgid ""
"<para>There are two other ways to get help: The <link url='help:/dolphin/index.html'>Dolphin Handbook</link> and the <link url='https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin/File_Management'>KDE UserBase Wiki</link>.</para>"
"<para>The \"What's this?\" help is missing in most other windows so don't get too used to this.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:1996
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>This opens a window that will guide you through reporting errors or flaws in this application or in other KDE software.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:2003
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis second half of reportbug text with link"
msgid "<para>High-quality bug reports are much appreciated. To learn how to make your bug report as effective as possible <link url='https://community.kde.org/Get_Involved/Bug_Reporting'>click here</link>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:2008
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>This opens a <emphasis>web page</emphasis> where you can donate to support the continued work on this application and many other projects by the <emphasis>KDE</emphasis> community.</para>"
"<para>Donating is the easiest and fastest way to efficiently support KDE and its projects. KDE projects are available for free therefore your donation is needed to cover things that require money like servers, contributor meetings, etc.</para>"
"<para><emphasis>KDE e.V.</emphasis> is the non-profit organization behind the KDE community.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:2023
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"With this you can change the language this application uses.<nl/>"
"You can even set secondary languages which will be used if texts are not available in your preferred language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:2030
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This opens a window that informs you about the version, license, used libraries and maintainers of this application."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinmainwindow.cpp:2037
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This opens a window with information about <emphasis>KDE</emphasis>. The KDE community are the people behind this free software.<nl/>"
"If you like using this application but don't know about KDE or want to see a cute dragon have a look!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Edit"
msgid "&Edit File Type..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Edit"
msgid "Select Items Matching..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Edit"
msgid "Unselect Items Matching..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Edit"
msgid "Unselect All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Go"
msgid "App&lications"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Go"
msgid "&Network Folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Go"
msgid "Sett&ings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Go"
msgid "Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Go"
msgid "Autostart"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Tools"
msgid "Find File..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Tools"
msgid "Open &Terminal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Dolphin Part"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgid "Select all items matching this pattern:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Unselect"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgid "Unselect all items matching this pattern:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (edit)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.rc:4
#, kde-format
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (selection)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.rc:14
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (view)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.rc:23
#, kde-format
msgid "&View"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (go)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.rc:32
#, kde-format
msgid "&Go"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (tools)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.rc:40
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: ToolBar (mainToolBar)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinpart.rc:48
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Dolphin Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinrecenttabsmenu.cpp:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Recently Closed Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinrecenttabsmenu.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty Recently Closed Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphintabbar.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "New Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphintabbar.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Detach Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphintabbar.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Close Other Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphintabbar.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Close Tab"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (location_bar)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinui.rc:38
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Location Bar"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: ToolBar (mainToolBar)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinui.rc:93
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Main Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinviewcontainer.cpp:84
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis location bar"
msgid ""
"<para>This line describes the location of the files and folders displayed below.</para>"
"<para>The name of the currently viewed folder can be read at the very right. To the left of it is the name of the folder that contains it. The whole line is called the <emphasis>path</emphasis> to the current location because following these folders from left to right leads here.</para>"
"<para>The path is displayed on the <emphasis>location bar</emphasis> which is more powerful than one would expect. To learn more about the basic and advanced features of the location bar <link url='help:/dolphin/location-bar.html'>click here</link>. This will open the dedicated page in the Handbook.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinviewcontainer.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Empty Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dolphinviewcontainer.cpp:123
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis findbar"
msgid ""
"<para>This helps you find files and folders. Enter a <emphasis>search term</emphasis> and specify search settings with the buttons at the bottom:"
"<list>"
"<item>Filename/Content: Does the item you are looking for contain the search terms within its filename or its contents?<nl/>"
"The contents of images, audio files and videos will not be searched.</item>"
"<item>From Here/Everywhere: Do you want to search in this folder and its sub-folders or everywhere?</item>"
"<item>More Options: Click this to search by media type, access time or rating.</item>"
"<item>More Search Tools: Install other means to find an item.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: dolphinviewcontainer.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Running Dolphin as root can be dangerous. Please be careful."
msgctxt "Description for zoom-slider (accessibility)"
msgid "Sets the size of the file icons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: statusbar/dolphinstatusbar.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Stop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: statusbar/dolphinstatusbar.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@tooltip"
msgid "Stop loading"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: statusbar/dolphinstatusbar.cpp:134
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis Statusbar"
msgid ""
"<para>This is the <emphasis>Statusbar</emphasis>. It contains three elements by default (left to right):"
"<list>"
"<item>A <emphasis>text field</emphasis> that displays the size of selected items. If only one item is selected the name and type is shown as well.</item>"
"<item>A <emphasis>zoom slider</emphasis> that allows you to adjust the size of the icons in the view.</item>"
"<item><emphasis>Space information</emphasis> about the current storage device.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: statusbar/dolphinstatusbar.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Show Zoom Slider"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: statusbar/dolphinstatusbar.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Show Space Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: statusbar/statusbarspaceinfo.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Unknown size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: statusbar/statusbarspaceinfo.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status Free disk space"
msgid "%1 free"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: trash/dolphintrash.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Trash Emptied"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: trash/dolphintrash.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "The Trash was emptied."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinremoteencoding.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Remote Charset"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinremoteencoding.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Reload"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinremoteencoding.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "1 Folder selected"
msgid_plural "%1 Folders selected"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "1 File selected"
msgid_plural "%1 Files selected"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:542
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "1 Folder"
msgid_plural "%1 Folders"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:543
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "1 File"
msgid_plural "%1 Files"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status folders, files (size)"
msgid "%1, %2 (%3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:551
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status files (size)"
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:557
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "0 Folders, 0 Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:841
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to open 1 item?"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %1 items?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:951
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Automatic Column Widths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:956
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Custom Column Widths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1461
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Trash operation completed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1470
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Delete operation completed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1586
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Rename and Hide"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1589
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Adding a dot to the beginning of this file's name will hide it from view.\n"
"Do you still want to rename it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1591
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Adding a dot to the beginning of this folder's name will hide it from view.\n"
"Do you still want to rename it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1593
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide this File?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1593
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide this Folder?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1638
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "The location is empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinview.cpp:1640
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "The location '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Create Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:103
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This renames the items in your current selection.<nl/>"
"Renaming multiple items at once amounts to their new names differing only in a number."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:113
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"This moves the items in your current selection to the <filename>Trash</filename>.<nl/>"
"The trash is a temporary storage where items can be deleted from if disk space is needed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:124
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This deletes the items in your current selection completely. They can not be recovered by normal means."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action \"Move to Trash\" for non-local files, etc."
msgid "Delete (using shortcut for Trash)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu File"
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:143
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis properties"
msgid ""
"This shows a complete list of properties of the currently selected items in a new window.<nl/>"
"If nothing is selected the window will be about the currently viewed folder instead.<nl/>"
"You can configure advanced options there like managing read- and write-permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:158
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis Icons view mode"
msgid ""
"<para>This switches to a view mode that focuses on the folder and file icons. This mode makes it easy to distinguish folders from files and to detect items with distinctive <emphasis>file types</emphasis>.</para>"
"<para> This mode is handy to browse through pictures when the <interface>Preview</interface> option is enabled.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:165
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis Compact view mode"
msgid ""
"<para>This switches to a compact view mode that lists the folders and files in columns with the names beside the icons. "
"<para></para>"
"This helps to keep the overview in folders with many items.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:169
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis Details view mode"
msgid ""
"<para>This switches to a list view mode that focuses on folder and file details.</para>"
"<para>Click on a detail in the column header to sort the items by it. Click again to sort the other way around. To select which details should be displayed click the header with the right mouse button.</para>"
"<para>You can view the contents of a folder without leaving the current location by clicking to the left of it. This way you can view the contents of multiple folders in the same list.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar"
msgid "View Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis zoom in"
msgid "This increases the icon size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis zoom in"
msgid "This reduces the icon size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Show preview of files and folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:199
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"When this is enabled, the icons are based on the actual file or folder contents.<nl/>"
"For example the icons of images become scaled down versions of the images."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Sort"
-msgid "Descending"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:211
-#, kde-format
-msgctxt "@action:inmenu Sort"
msgid "Folders First"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:219
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View"
msgid "Sort By"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:233
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View"
msgid "Additional Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:242
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View"
msgid "Show in Groups"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:243
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This groups files and folders by their first letter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:247
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View"
msgid "Hidden Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:248
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Visibility of hidden files and folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:249
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:264
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>When this is enabled <emphasis>hidden</emphasis> files and folders are visible. They will be displayed semi-transparent.</para>"
"<para>Hidden items only differ from other ones in that their name starts with a \".\". In general there is no need for users to access them which is why they are hidden.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:259
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View"
msgid "Adjust View Properties..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:260
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "This opens a window in which all folder view properties can be adjusted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:545
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View Mode"
msgid "Icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:546
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Icons view mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:556
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:565
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View Mode"
msgid "Compact"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:557
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Compact view mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:567
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu View Mode"
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:568
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Details view mode"
msgstr ""
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:600
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort descending"
+msgid "Z-A"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:601
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort ascending"
+msgid "A-Z"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:603
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort descending"
+msgid "Largest first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:604
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort ascending"
+msgid "Smallest first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:606
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort descending"
+msgid "Newest first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:607
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort ascending"
+msgid "Oldest first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:609
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort descending"
+msgid "Highest first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:610
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort ascending"
+msgid "Lowest first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:612
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort descending"
+msgid "Descending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> stable5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:164
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "@action:inmenu Sort"
+msgid "Descending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: views/dolphinviewactionhandler.cpp:613
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "Sort ascending"
+msgid "Ascending"
+msgstr ""
+
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/renamedialog.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Rename Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/renamedialog.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Rename Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/renamedialog.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "&Rename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/renamedialog.cpp:79
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@label:textbox"
msgid "Rename the item <filename>%1</filename> to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/renamedialog.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "New name #"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/renamedialog.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:textbox"
msgid "Rename the %1 selected item to:"
msgid_plural "Rename the %1 selected items to:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: views/renamedialog.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "# will be replaced by ascending numbers starting with:"
msgid "<em>Note:</em> To view these pages when you are in other parts of Plan, choose the menu option <em>Help -> Introduction to Plan</em>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Plan is intended for managing moderately large projects with multiple resources. To enable you to model your project adequately, Plan offers different types of task dependencies and timing constraints. Usually you will define your tasks, estimate the effort needed to perform each task, allocate resources and then schedule the project according to the dependency network and resource availability."
"<p>You can find more information online at <a href=\"https://userbase.kde.org/Plan\">https://userbase.kde.org/Plan</a></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Next: Tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Editing tips."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<b>To</b> edit project data, different views and editors can be selected in the View Selector docker.<br/>"
"<b>The</b> views are generally used to inspect data after the project has been scheduled. No data will appear in the views if the project has not been scheduled. Scheduling is done in the Schedules editor.<br/>"
"<b>You</b> can edit attributes in the various editors by selecting the item you want to edit (doubleclick or press F2), or open a dialog using the context menu.</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Next: Create a simple project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Create the simplest project ever."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgctxt "1=datetime"
msgid ""
"Select the task editor <em>Editors->Tasks</em>:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Create a task by selecting <em>Add Task</em> in the toolbar.</li>"
"<li>Set <em>Type</em> to <em>Duration</em>.</li>"
"<li>Set <em>Estimate</em> to <em>8 hours</em>.</li>"
"<li>Set <em>Constraint</em> to <em>As Soon As Possible</em>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"Select the schedules editor <em>Editors->Schedules</em>:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Create a schedule by selecting <em>Add Schedule</em> in the toolbar.</li>"
"<li>Calculate the schedule by selecting <em>Calculate</em> in the toolbar.</li>"
"</ul>"
"The task should now have been scheduled to start %1 with a duration of 8 hours. You can check this by selecting the Gantt chart <em>Views->Gantt</em>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Next: Resource allocation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Allocate a resource to the task."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgctxt "1=datetime"
msgid ""
"Select the task editor <em>Editors->Tasks</em>:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Enter a name (e.g. 'John') in the <em>Allocation</em> column. (Plan will automatically create a resource with name 'John' under resource group 'Resources'.</li>"
"<li>Set <em>Type</em> to <em>Effort</em>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"Now you need to schedule the project again with the new allocation:<br/>"
"Select the schedules editor <em>Editors->Schedules</em> and calculate the schedule by selecting <em>Calculate</em> in the toolbar."
"<p>The task should be scheduled to start %1 with a duration of 8 hours. You can check this by selecting the Gantt chart <em>Views->Gantt</em>."
"<p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/aboutpage.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Next: Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (file)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:4
#, kde-format
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (edit)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:9
#, kde-format
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (view)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:35 calligraplan_readonly.rc:4
#, kde-format
msgid "&View"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (project)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:44
#, kde-format
msgid "&Project"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (tools)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:51
#, kde-format
msgid "&Tools"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:59
#, kde-format
msgid "&Settings"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (help)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:62
#, kde-format
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: ToolBar (project)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplan.rc:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Project"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HoursPrYear), group (EstimateConversion)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplansettings.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Hours per year"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HoursPrMonth), group (EstimateConversion)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplansettings.kcfg:13
#, kde-format
msgid "Hours per month"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HoursPrWeek), group (EstimateConversion)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplansettings.kcfg:17
#, kde-format
msgid "Hours per week"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HoursPrDay), group (EstimateConversion)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplansettings.kcfg:21
#, kde-format
msgid "Hours per day"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GenerateWeek), group (CalendarGeneration)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calligraplansettings.kcfg:27
#, kde-format
msgid "Generate working week"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GenerateWeekChoice), group (CalendarGeneration)
"This is not limited to persons available in a resource group but can be anyone. You can even directly access your address book with the Choose button."
"<p>Values used for generating default calendars for working weeks and holidays.</p>"
"<p>The <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Week</span> calendar uses the values defined in <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Working week</span>.</p>"
"<p>The <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Week</span> calendar can be <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Always</span> generated or only generated <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">If none exists</span>. The latter choice is the most common as you often have calendars defined as part of templates or shared resources.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Holidays</span> can be generated for your region (default) or any region you choose. The holidays can be added into the week calendar, as sub-calendar to the week calendar or as a separate calendar.</p>"
"<p>If a week calendar is not generated, the holidays are put into a separate calendar.</p>"
"These values are used if your estimate is not in hours.\n"
"Let us say Hours per day is 8. If you estimate that a task needs 3 days effort to complete, this is converted to 24 hours when the task is scheduled. The actual time it will take to complete is of course dependent on the availability of the person (or persons) that is assigned to the task."
"This document was created with a newer version of KPlatoWork (syntax version: %1)\n"
"Opening it in this version of PlanWork will lose some information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:37
#, kde-format
msgctxt "application name"
msgid "Plan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Project Planning and Management Tool"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Copyright 1998-%1, The Plan Team"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Dag Andersen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Thomas Zander"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Bo Thorsen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Raphael Langerhorst"
msgstr ""
#. i18n translator strings
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:51
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptaboutdata.h:52
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptbuiltinschedulerplugin.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Network = task dependency network"
msgid "Network Scheduler"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptbuiltinschedulerplugin.cpp:36
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Built-in network (PERT) based scheduler"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kptbuiltinschedulerplugin.cpp:45
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Network (PERT) Scheduler</title>"
"<para>The network scheduler generally schedules tasks according to their dependencies. When a task is scheduled it is scheduled in full, booking the allocated resources if available. If overbooking is not allowed, subsequent tasks that requests the same resource will be scheduled later in time.</para>"
"<para>Tasks with time constraints will be scheduled first to minimize the problem with resource conflicts</para>"
"<para><note>This scheduler does not handle resource conflicts well.<nl/>"
"You can try a different scheduler if available. You may also change resource allocations or add dummy dependencies to avoid the conflicts.</note></para>"
msgid "Defines when the resource is available to the project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:123
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The cost pr hour, normal hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:124
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The cost pr hour, overtime hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:125
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The fixed cost"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:126
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The account where the resource cost is accumulated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:128
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The name of the account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:129
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The description of the account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:131
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The name of the schedule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:132
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The schedules state"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:134
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Controls resource overbooking when scheduling"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:136
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>Controls resource overbooking when scheduling.</para>"
"<para>If overbooking is allowed, a resource may be booked (on working days) to work more than it is available. This can happen if the resource is allocated to multiple tasks or are booked on other projects.</para>"
"<para>If overbooking is to be avoided, resources will not be booked more than they are available. On resource conflict, tasks will be delayed until the resource is available.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:142
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The distribution to be used during scheduling"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:144
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>The distribution to be used during scheduling</para>"
"<para>If distribution is 'None', the tasks estimate is used as is during scheduling.</para>"
"<para>If distribution is 'PERT', the estimate used is calculated based on the entered optimistic- (O), pessimistic-(P) and most likely (M) estimate. The formula used for this is (O + 4 * M + P) / 6.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:150
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Defines the schedules to be calculated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:151
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The scheduled start time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:152
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The scheduled finish time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:153
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The scheduling direction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:155
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>The scheduling direction.</para>"
"<para>If direction is Forward, the project is scheduled starting at the projects earliest start time specified in the main project dialog.</para>"
"<para>If direction is Backward, the project is scheduled starting at the projects latest finish time specified in the main project dialog.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:161
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The scheduler used for calculating the project schedule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:163
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>The scheduler used for calculating the project schedule.</para>"
"<para>The default built-in scheduler is the Network Scheduler.</para>"
"<para>Other schedulers presently available is RCPS if libRCPS is installed on your system. RCPS is a genetics based resource constrained project scheduler.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptcommonstrings.cpp:170
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "The granularity used when calculating the project schedule"
"<para>A working resource can be assigned to one or more required resources. A required resource is a material resource that the working resource depends on in order to do the work.</para>"
"<para>To be able to use a material resource as a required resource, the material resource must be part of a group of type <emphasis>Material</emphasis>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "There is %1 resource available in this group"
msgid_plural "There are %1 resources available in this group"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Allocation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:333
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:334
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Required Resources"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:346
#, kde-format
msgid "Resource allocation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:347
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tootip"
msgid "Available resources or resource units"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:348
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tootip"
msgid "Required material resources"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:354
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Required Resources</title>"
"<para>A working resource can be assigned to one or more required resources. A required resource is a material resource that the working resource depends on in order to do the work.</para>"
"<para>To be able to use a material resource as a required resource, the material resource must be part of a group of type Material.</para>"
"<para>You can allocate a number of resources from a group and let the scheduler select from the available resources at the time of scheduling.</para>"
" These dynamically allocated resources will be in addition to any resource you have allocated specifically."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:810
#, kde-format
msgctxt "1: free resources, 2: number of resources"
msgid "%1 of %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:813
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "There is %1 resource available in this group"
msgid_plural "There are %1 resources available in this group"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:847
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "No material resources available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:855
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "No required resources"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:858
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Material resources cannot have required resources"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceallocationmodel.cpp:860
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Team resources cannot have required resources"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceappointmentsmodel.cpp:589
#, kde-format
msgid "External project: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: models/kptresourceappointmentsmodel.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "The total booking on %1, along with the maximum hours for the resource"
msgid "This document contains an unknown encryption method. Some parts may be unreadable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoEncryptedStore.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgid "This document contains incomplete encryption data. Some parts may be unreadable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoEncryptedStore.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "QCA has currently no support for SHA1 or PBKDF2 using SHA1. The document can not be opened."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoEncryptedStore.cpp:344
#, kde-format
msgid "The manifest file seems to be corrupted. It cannot be modified and the document will remain unreadable. Please try and save the document again to prevent losing your work."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoEncryptedStore.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgid "The manifest file cannot be written. The document will remain unreadable. Please try and save the document again to prevent losing your work."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoEncryptedStore.cpp:563
#, kde-format
msgid "Please enter the password to open this file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoEncryptedStore.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "Please enter the password to encrypt the document with."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoEncryptedStore.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to save the password?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoNetAccess.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "File '%1' is not readable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoNetAccess.cpp:438
#, kde-format
msgid "ERROR: Unknown protocol '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: store/KoStore.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "The directory mode is not supported for remote locations."
"<para>The Cost Breakdown Structure (CBS) consists of accounts organized into a tree structure. Accounts can be tied to tasks or resources. Usually there will be two top accounts, one for aggregating costs from tasks and one for aggregating costs from resources.</para>"
"<para>This view supports printing using the context menu.<nl/>"
"<para>A calendar defines availability for resources or tasks of type <emphasis>Duration</emphasis>. A calendar can be specific to a resource or task, or shared by multiple resources or tasks. A day can be of type <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis>, <emphasis>Non-working day</emphasis> or <emphasis>Working day</emphasis>. A working day has one or more work intervals defined. </para>"
"<para>A calendar can have sub calendars. If a day is undefined in a calendar, the parent calendar is checked. An <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis> day defaults to <emphasis>Non-working</emphasis> if used by a resource, or <emphasis>available all day</emphasis> if used by a task.</para>"
"<para>A calendar can be defined as the <emphasis>Default calendar</emphasis>. The default calendar is used by a working resource, when the resources calendar is not explicitly set.<nl/>"
"<para>Edit dependencies between tasks.Dependencies can be added by dragging a connection area (start or finish) from one task to a connection area of a different task. You can edit or delete a dependency using the context menu.</para>"
"<para>This view supports printing using the context menu.<nl/>"
"<para>Displays scheduled tasks in a Gantt diagram. The chart area can be zoomed in and out with a slider positioned in the upper left corner of the time scale. <note>You need to hoover over it with the mouse for it to show.</note></para>"
"<para>This view supports configuration and printing using the context menu of the tree view.<nl/>"
"<para>Displays scheduled milestones in a Gantt diagram. The chart area can be zoomed in and out with a slider positioned in the upper left corner of the time scale. <note>You need to hoover over it with the mouse for it to show.</note></para>"
"<para>This view supports configuration and printing using the context menu.<nl/>"
"<link url='%1'>More...</link></para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: ui/kptganttview.cpp:1684
+#: ui/kptganttview.cpp:1698
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Resource Assignments (Gantt)</title>"
"<para>Displays the scheduled resource - task assignments in a Gantt diagram. The chart area can be zoomed in and out with a slider positioned in the upper left corner of the time scale. <note>You need to hoover over it with the mouse for it to show.</note></para>"
"<para>This view supports configuration and printing using the context menu.<nl/>"
"The Work Breakdown Structure introduces numbering for all tasks in the project, according to the task structure.\n"
"The WBS code is auto-generated.\n"
"You can define the WBS code pattern using the Define WBS Pattern command in the Tools menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptmainprojectpanel.cpp:108
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Enables sharing resources with other projects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptmainprojectpanel.cpp:110
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Shared resources</title>"
"Resources can be shared between projects to avoid overbooking resources across projects. Shared resources must be defined in a separate file, and you must have at least read access to it. The projects that share the resources must also be accessible by you."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptmainprojectpanel.cpp:118
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "File where shared resources are defined"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptmainprojectpanel.cpp:123
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Directory where all the projects that share resources can be found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptmainprojectpanel.cpp:129
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Load shared resource assignments at startup"
"<para>Resources are organized in a Resource Breakdown Structure. Resources can be of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> or <emphasis>Material</emphasis>. When assigned to a task, a resource of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> can affect the duration of the task, while a resource of type <emphasis>Material</emphasis> does not. A resource must refer to a <emphasis>Calendar</emphasis> defined in the <emphasis>Work and Vacation Editor</emphasis>.<nl/>"
"<link url='%1'>More...</link></para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptresourceeditor.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Resource Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptresourceeditor.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/kptscheduleeditor.cpp:174
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Schedule Editor</title>"
"<para>The Schedule Editor is used to create, edit, calculate and delete schedules. A schedule can have sub-schedules. A sub-schedule can use the projects progress data in order to reschedule only tasks that are not yet finished. Rescheduling will then use e.g. actual start and remaining effort for the tasks.<nl/>"
"This is not limited to persons available in a resource group but can be anyone. You can even directly access your address book with the Choose button."
"Scheduling Configuration. These settings affect the actual scheduling of the task.\n"
"\n"
"The estimation can be either effort based or duration based. If it is effort based, the final duration will depend on the resources assigned to the task. For duration based estimation, the assigned resources do not affect the fixed duration of the task, but only the costs."
"<para>This dialog consists of the following parts:"
"<list>"
"<item>Edit mode control to define the behavior of the dialog.</item>"
"<item>Controls to mark the task as started and finished.</item>"
"<item>Table to enter used effort for each resource.</item>"
"<item>Table for entry of task completion and remaining effort.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
"<para>Edit modes:"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis>Per resource</emphasis> requires you to enter used effort for each resource assigned to this task. This enables the most detailed tracking of effort- and cost usage.</item>"
"<item><emphasis>Per task</emphasis> enables you to enter the minimum of information. When completion is changed, used effort and remaining effort is automatically calculated, but can of course be manually modified if needed.</item>"
"</list>"
"<note>You should select the desired edit mode when starting the task.</note><nl/>"
"These values are used if your estimate is not in hours.\n"
"Let us say Hours per day is 8. If you estimate that a task needs 3 days effort to complete, this is converted to 24 hours when the task is scheduled. The actual time it will take to complete is of course dependent on the availability of the person (or persons) that is assigned to the task."
"<para>Creates a new project with default values defined in <emphasis>Settings</emphasis>.<nl/>"
"Opens the <emphasis>project dialog</emphasis> so you can define project specific properties like <resource>Project Name</resource>, <resource>Target Start</resource> and <resource>- End</resource> times.<nl/>"
"<link url='%1'>More...</link></para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/welcome/WelcomeView.cpp:111
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Shared resources</title>"
"<para>Create a shared resources file.<nl/>"
"This enables you to only create your resources once, you just refer to your resources file when you create a new project.<nl/>"
"These resources can then be shared between projects to avoid overbooking resources across projects.<nl/>"
"Shared resources must be defined in a separate file.<nl/>"
"<link url='%1'>More...</link></para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/welcome/WelcomeView.cpp:124
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Recent Projects</title>"
"<para>A list of the 10 most recent project files opened.</para>"
"<para><nl/>"
"This enables you to quickly open projects you have worked on recently.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/welcome/WelcomeView.cpp:133
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Introduction to <application>Plan</application></title>"
"<para>These introductory pages gives you hints and tips on what you can use <application>Plan</application> for, and how to use it.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/welcome/WelcomeView.cpp:141
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Context help</title>"
"<para>Help is available many places using <emphasis>What's This</emphasis>.<nl/>"
"It is activated using the menu entry <interface>Help->What's this?</interface> or the keyboard shortcut <shortcut>Shift+F1</shortcut>.</para>"
"<para>In dialogs it is available via the <interface>?</interface> in the dialog title bar.</para>"
"<para>If you see <link url='%1'>More...</link> in the text, pressing it will display more information from online resources in your browser.</para>"
"<p>Many functions has help and hints that can be displayed with <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">What's this</span>.</p>"
"<p>Activate it by selecting <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Help->What's this</span> or <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Shift+F1</span>.</p>"
" Please send the command M115 and let us know what your firmware returns, so we can improve our firmware detection. Edit your profile to use \"marlin\" and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: testclient/mainwindow.cpp:392
msgctxt "MainWindow|"
msgid ""
" A Firmware Plugin was not loaded!\n"
" Please send the command M115 and let us know what your firmware returns, so we can improve our firmware detection. We have loaded the most common plugin \"repetier\" for you. You may try to print again after this message"
msgid "Learn to multiply numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Multiplication tables from 1 to 10"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A multiplication is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type the product of the numbers. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the division operation"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the result of the division within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of small numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A division is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the subtraction operation"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the difference between two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of small numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A subtraction is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the addition of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the sum of two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simple addition. Can recognize written numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An addition is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins land in their balloon!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logical associations"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete the arrangement of fruits"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Look at the two sequences. Each fruit in the first sequence has been replaced by another fruit in the second sequence. Complete the second sequence by using the correct fruits, after studying this pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (with a friend)"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Arrange four tokens in a row"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create a line of 4 tokens either horizontally (lying down), vertically (standing up) or diagonally."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (against Tux)"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with the computer. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgid "Catch the alphabet letters. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which letter you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgid "Select the object to form. Move a piece by dragging it. The symmetrical button appears on items that supports it. Click on the rotation button or drag around it to show the rotation you want. More complicated levels can be found in tangram activity."
"Just type on the real or virtual keyboard like in a wordprocessor.\n"
" Clicking on the 'Title' button will make the text bigger. Similarly, the 'subtitle' button will make the text slightly less bigger. Clicking on 'paragraph' will remove the formatting.\n"
" Press 'Shift' and use the arrow keys to select the text. Use Ctrl+C to copy, Ctrl+V to paste and Crtl+X to cut text. Ctrl+Z can be used to undo changes.\n"
" Try to fiddle around and find more shortcuts. For example, what is the shortcut to select all the text?"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to make them match"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination. Conceptual matching."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Cultural references."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In the main board area, a set of objects is displayed. In the vertical box (at the left of the main board) another set of objects is shown, each object in the group on the left matching exactly one object in the main board area. This game challenges you to find the logical link between these objects. How do they fit together? Drag each object to the correct red space in the main area."
msgid "Ambrosius Bosschaert the Elder, Flower Still Life - 1614"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Balance Box"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Navigate the ball to the door by tilting the box."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice fine motor skills and basic counting."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Navigate the ball to the door. Be careful not to make it fall into the holes. Numbered-contact buttons in the box need to be touched in the correct order to unlock the door. You can move the ball by tilting your mobile device. On desktop platforms use the arrow keys to simulate tilting.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>configuration dialog</b> you can choose between the default 'Built-in' level set and one that you can define yourself ('User'). A user-defined level set can be created by choosing the 'user' level set and start the level editor by clicking on the corresponding button.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>level editor</b> you can create your own levels. Choose one of the editing tools on the left side to modify the map cells of the currently active level in the editor:\n"
" Cross: Clear a map cell completely\n"
" Horizontal Wall: Set/remove a horizontal wall on the lower edge of a cell\n"
" Vertical Wall: Set/remove a vertical wall on the right edge of a cell\n"
" Hole: Set/remove a hole on a cell\n"
" Ball: Set the starting position of the ball\n"
" Door: Set the door position\n"
" Contact: Set/remove a contact button. With the spin-box you can adjust the value of the contact button. It is not possible to set a value more than once on a map.\n"
"All tools (except the clear-tool) toggle their respective target on the clicked cell: An item can be placed by clicking on an empty cell, and by clicking again on the same cell with the same tool, you can remove it again.\n"
"You can test a modified level by clicking on the 'Test' button on the right side of the editor view. You can return from testing mode by clicking on the home-button on the bar or by pressing escape on your keyboard or the back-button on your mobile device.\n"
"In the editor you can change the level currently edited by using the arrow buttons on the bar. Back in the editor you can continue editing the current level and test it again if needed.\n"
"When your level is finished you can save it to the user level file by clicking on the 'Save' button on the right side.\n"
"To return to the configuration dialog click on the home-button on the bar or press Escape on your keyboard or the back button on your mobile device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/balancebox.js:116
#, qt-format
msgctxt "balancebox|"
msgid ""
"The file '%1' is missing!<br>"
"Falling back to builtin levels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:519
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Built-in"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:520
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:531
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Select your level set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:540
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Start Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:549
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Load saved levels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:586
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid ""
"You selected the user-defined level set, but you have not yet defined any user levels!<br/>"
" Either create your user levels by starting the level editor or choose the 'built-in' level set."
msgid "Press the left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Press the left and right arrow at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line. On a touch screen you have to hit the two hands at the same time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:228
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Tap both hands at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:230
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Press left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgid "Click the number of balls you wish to place in the holes and then click the OK button. The winner is the one who hasn't put a ball in the red hole."
msgid "Place balls in the holes. You win if your friend has to place the last ball."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Binary bulbs"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This activity helps you to learn the concept of conversion of decimal number system to binary number system."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "To get familiar with the binary number system"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Decimal number system"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Turn on the right bulbs to represent the binary of the given decimal number. When you have achieved it, press OK."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:31
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "This activity teaches how to convert decimal numbers to binary numbers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:35
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Computers use transistors to count and transistors have only two states, 0 and 1. Mathematically, these states are represented by 0 and 1, which makes up the binary system of numeration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:39
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "In the activity 0 and 1 are simulated by bulbs, switched on or off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:43
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Binary system uses these numbers very efficiently, allowing to count from 0 to 255 with 8 bits only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:47
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Each bit adds a progressive value, corresponding to the powers of 2, ascending from right to left: bit 1 → 2⁰=1 , bit 2 → 2¹=2 , bit 3 → 2²=4 , bit 4 → 2³=8 , bit 5 → 2⁴=16 , bit 6 → 2⁵=32 , bit 7 → 2⁶=64 , bit 8 → 2⁷=128."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:51
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "To convert a decimal 5 to a binary value, 1 and 4 are added."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:55
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Their corresponding bits are set to 1, the others set to 0. Decimal 5 is equal to binary 101."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:59
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "This image will help you to compute bits' value."
msgid "The screen has 3 sections: an interactive braille cell, an instruction telling you the letter to reproduce, and at the top the Braille letters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 letters."
msgid "Each Braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6."
msgid "When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing Braille characters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:23
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:27
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:31
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:35
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:39
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:43
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:47
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:51
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:55
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:59
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:65
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:69
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:73
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:77
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:81
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:85
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:89
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:93
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:97
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:101
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:107
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:111
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:115
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:119
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:123
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:127
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the letter %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:133
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:137
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:141
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:145
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:150
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:154
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:158
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:162
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:166
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:170
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the number %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:176
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:180
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:184
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:188
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:192
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the symbol %1."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Fun"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille the letters"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Alphabet Codes"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enter the braille code in the tile for the letters on the banner pulled by Tux in his plane across the screen. Check the braille chart by clicking on the toggle button for help."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to use a calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept of week, month and year"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:266
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:267
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Monday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:268
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:269
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:270
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:271
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Friday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:272
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:46
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 23"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:50
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:54
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 16"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:58
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 28"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:62
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 11"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:66
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 20"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:86
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of week is the 4th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:90
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 12th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:94
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 20th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:98
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 28th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:102
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 22nd of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:106
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 16th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:110
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 10th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:130
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Monday between days 1 and 7 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:134
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Tuesday between days 8 and 16 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:138
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Wednesday between days 15 and 22 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:142
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Thursday between days 26 and 31 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:146
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Friday between days 20 and 25 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:150
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Saturday between days 13 and 23 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:154
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Sunday between days 5 and 17 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:173
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select second day before the 15th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:177
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fourth Sunday of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:181
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day one week after 13th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:185
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fifth Thursday of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:189
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select third day after 27th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:208
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month starting a Thursday and having 28 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:212
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Monday and having 31 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:216
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month between June and August"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:220
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:224
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month having 30 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:244
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of January month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:248
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Wednesday of February month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:252
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Friday of March month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:256
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of April month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:260
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fourth Tuesday of July month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:264
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of August month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:268
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Thursday of September month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:272
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of October month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:276
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Friday of December month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:295
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Human Rights Day is celebrated five days after December 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Human Rights Day in 2017."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:299
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Braille Day is celebrated one day before January 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Braille Day in 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:303
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Mark's birthday is on November 4. In 2017 his party was exactly two weeks later.<br>"
" Find the date of his party in 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:307
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"International Women's Day is celebrated two days before March 10.<br>"
" Find the date of International Women's Day in 2018."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:311
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Sports competition was held on last Friday of September 2017.<br>"
" Select the date of sports competition on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Operate a canal lock"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is in trouble, and needs to take his boat through a lock. Help Tux and find out how a canal lock works."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You are in charge of the canal lock. Open the gates and the locks in the right order, so Tux can travel through the gates in both directions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drawing by Stephane Cabaraux."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:62
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "Your goal is to get Tux across the canal lock to get the wooden logs, using the different types of water locks available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:64
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "The vertical colored bars represent the water locks, which can be operated by clicking them. Two locks of the same type cannot be operated simultaneously."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:66
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "The water level inside the lock will change according to the side of the canal it is connected with. Use this property to help Tux get the job done."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorization"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorize the elements into correct and incorrect groups"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Build conceptual thinking and enrich knowledge"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can drag elements using mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the instructions and then drag and drop the elements as specified"
msgid "You don't have all the images for this activity. Press Update to get the complete dataset. Press the Cross to play with demo version or 'Never show this dialog later' if you want to never see again this dialog."
"Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.\n"
"Only the dark squares of the checkered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.\n"
"When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.\n"
msgid "The checkers library is draughts.js <https://github.com/shubhendusaurabh/draughts.js>. Manual is from wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Draughts>"
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against the computer. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves. At first level the computer is fully random to give the most chances to the children. As level increases, better the computer plays.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/ActivityInfo.qml:44
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:44
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The chess engine is p4wn <https://github.com/douglasbagnall/p4wn>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:129
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Black's turn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:129
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "White's turn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:134
msgctxt "chess|white wins"
msgid "White mates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:134
msgctxt "chess|black wins"
msgid "Black mates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:144
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Drawn game"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:148
msgctxt "chess|black king is under attack"
msgid "White checks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:148
msgctxt "chess|white king is under attack"
msgid "Black checks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:151
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Invalid, your king may be in check"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play chess against your friend"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against a friend. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "End of chess game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play the end of the chess game against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing only the end of a game. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Chronos"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to organize the story"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sort the pictures into the order that tells the story"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tell a short story"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pick from the pictures on the left and put them on the red dots"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in <http://www.wikipedia.org>."
msgid "A letter is spoken. Click on the matching letter in the main area. You can listen to the letter again, by clicking on the mouth icon in the bottom box."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click and draw"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on the selected points."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse and click accurately on points."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on each point in sequence. Each time a point is selected the next blue one appears."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click On Me"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the swimming fish before they leave the fish tank"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination: moving the hand precisely."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move mouse and click on the correct place"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the moving fish by simple clicking or touching them with your finger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fish are taken from the Unix utility xfishtank. All image credits belong to Guillaume Rousse."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learning Clock"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to tell the time on an analog clock"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish between time-units (hour, minute and second). Set and display time on an analog clock."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The concept of time."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Set the clock to the given time, in the time-units shown (hours:minutes or hours:minutes:seconds). Drag the different arrows, to make the respective time unit go up or down."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:106
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "Set the watch to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:109
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n hour(s)"
msgid_plural "%n hour(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:112
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n minute(s)"
msgid_plural "%n minute(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:115
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n second(s)"
msgid_plural "%n second(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing color of paint"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover paint color mixing."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of paint (subtractive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of paints the inks absorb different colors of light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the combined color gets. We can mix just three primary colors to make many new colors. The primary colors for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:41
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Images from http://openclipart.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:97
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Match the color"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:208
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:210
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:213
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough green"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:215
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much green"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:218
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:220
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:224
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough magenta"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:226
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much magenta"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:229
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough yellow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:231
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much yellow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:234
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough cyan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:236
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much cyan"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing colors of light"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover light color mixing."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of light (additive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of light it is just the opposite of mixing color with paints! The more light you add the lighter the resultant color will get. Primary colors of light are red, green and blue."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of light (additive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of light it is just the opposite of mixing color with paints! The more light you add the lighter the resultant color will get. Primary colors of light are red, green and blue.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the right color"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This activity teaches you to recognize different colors. When you hear the name of the color, touch the duck wearing it."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Identifying colours"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the color and touch the matching duck."
msgid "Move the items in the left frame to copy their position in the right model. Next to the crane itself, you will find four arrows that let you move the items. To select the item to move, just click on it. If you prefer, you can use the arrow keys and the space or tab key instead. On a mobile version, you can also swipe up/down/left/right to move the items in the left frame."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 15–25 simple 3-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: cat;dog;win;red;yes
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 10–20 simple 4-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: blue;best;good;area
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 10–20 simple 5-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: happy;child;white;apple
msgid "Drag electrical components from the selector and drop them in the working area. In the working area, you can move the components by dragging them. To delete a component, select the deletion tool on top of the component selector, and select the component. You can click on the component and then on the rotate button to rotate it or info button to get information about it. You can click on the switch to open and close it. To connect two terminals, click on first terminal, then on second terminal. To deselect terminal or delete tool, click on any empty area. The simulation is updated in real time by any user action."
msgid "BCD to 7 segment converter takes 4 binary inputs in its input terminals and gives 7 binary outputs which allow to light BCD number segments (binary-coded decimal) to display numbers between 0 and 9. The output for BCD To 7 Segment converted is:"
msgid "Comparator takes 2 numbers as input, A and B. It compares them and outputs 3 values. First output is 1 if A < B, 0 otherwise. Second is 1 if A = B, 0 otherwise. Third is 1 if A > B, 0 otherwise. "
msgid "NOR gate outputs the opposite of OR gate. As soon as there is a 1 in input the output is equal to 0. To obtain a 1 all the inputs must be equal to 0:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgid "7 segment display takes 7 binary inputs in its input terminals. The display consists of 7 segments and each segment gets lighted according to the input. By generating different combination of binary inputs, the display can be used to display numbers from 0 to 9 and a few letters. The diagram is:"
msgid "Signal Generator is used to generate alternating signals of 0 and 1. The time between two changes can be modified by pressing the arrows on the generator."
msgid "Switch is used to connect or disconnect two terminals. If the switch is turned on, current can flow through the switch. If the switch is turned off, then the connection between terminal is broken and current can not flow through it."
msgid "XOR gate outputs 1 if the number of '1' in input is odd, and 0 if number of '1' in input is even. In this activity, a 2 input XOR gate is shown. Output for 2 input XOR gate is:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:30
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Zero input"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:37
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "One input"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:44
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Digital light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:51
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "AND gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:58
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "OR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:65
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOT gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:72
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "XOR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:79
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NAND gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:86
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:93
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:100
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Comparator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:107
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD to 7 segment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:114
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 segment display"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:121
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Signal generator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:128
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD counter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:155
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The digital light will glow when its terminal is connected with an input of 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:156
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:169
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The AND gate produces an output of one when both of its input terminals are of value 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:170
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an AND gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:183
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The OR gate produces an output of 1 when at least one of its input terminals is of value 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:184
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an OR gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:197
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Note: You can draw multiple wires from the output terminal of a component."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:210
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NOT gate takes a single binary input and flips the value in the output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:223
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NAND gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:224
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the NAND gate will be zero if both of its inputs are \"1\". Else, the output will be one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:225
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "For a more detailed description about the gate, select it and click on the info button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:226
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NAND gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:242
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid ""
"Light the bulb using the components provided such that the bulb will glow under the following two circumstances:\n"
"1. The first switch is turned ON, or\n"
"2. Both of the second and the third switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:257
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The XOR Gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:258
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the XOR gate will be one if the number of \"1\" in the input is odd. Else, the output will be zero."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:259
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the XOR gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:275
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the three switches such that the bulb glows when odd number of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:288
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A NOR gate takes 2 binary input and outputs 1 if both of them are 0, otherwise produces an output of 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:290
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NOR gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:303
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:364
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Use the gates such that the bulb will glow only when the switch is turned off and remain off when the switch is turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:319
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:380
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:335
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:396
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows when either of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:351
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:412
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when at least one of the switches are turned off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:428
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A comparator takes two numbers (A and B) as input and produces 3 values as output. First value is 1 if A < B, second value is 1 for A = B and third value is 1 for A > B."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:429
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when the value of the current flowing through the first switch is less than or equal to that of the second switch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:442
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The component in the middle is a BCD to seven segment converter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:443
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "It takes 4 bits as input represented in the binary coded decimal (BCD) format and converts the BCD number into a seven segment code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:444
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the converter is connected to the seven segment display, to view the value of the input provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:445
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Display the number \"6\" in the seven segment display."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:458
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The signal generator on the left is used to generate alternating signals between 0 and 1 in a given time period taken as input. The time period by default is 1 second, but it can be changed between 0.25 and 2s."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:459
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The BCD counter placed under it is a special type of counter which can count from 0 to 9 and back to 0 on application of a clock signal."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:460
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Connect the components to make sure that the count of 0 to 9 is visible in the seven segment display provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:476
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using both the switches such that the bulb will glow only when either the first switch is on and the second switch is off or the first switch is off and the second switch is on."
msgid "First, properly organize the items so that you can count them. Then, select the item you want to answer in the bottom right area. Enter the answer with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click to erase the area and discover the background image"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click the mouse on rectangles until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap on the blocks all of them disappear."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on an animal and learn about it, what its name is, what sound it makes, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2 and 3!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random animal sound is played and you must find which animal makes this sound. Click on the corresponding animal. If you'd like to hear the animal sound repeated, click on the play button. When you have matched all animals correctly, you win!\n"
"\n"
"In level three, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgid "The sheep is a mammal that bears a fleece of wool. It is a grazing herbivore, bred for its wool, its meat, and its milk. The fleece can be removed and used to produce articles of clothing and blankets, among other things."
msgid "Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Colombus and probably served as the religion center of Yucatan for a while."
msgid "The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognizable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2,000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognizable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen."
msgid "Christ the Redeemer is an Art Deco statue of Jesus Christ in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. A symbol of Christianity across the world, the statue has also become a cultural icon of both Rio de Janeiro and Brazil."
msgid "The Great Wall, was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13,170 miles (21,196 kilometers) from east to west of China."
msgid "Machu Picchu stands 2,430 m above sea-level, in the middle of a tropical mountain forest, in an extraordinarily beautiful setting. It was probably the most amazing urban creation of the Inca Empire at its height; its giant walls, terraces and ramps seem as if they have been cut naturally in the continuous rock escarpments. The natural setting, on the eastern slopes of the Andes, encompasses the upper Amazon basin with its rich diversity of flora and fauna."
msgid "Petra is a historical and archaeological city in the southern Jordanian governorate of Ma'an that is famous for its rock-cut architecture and water conduit system. Established possibly as early as 312 BC as the capital city of the Arab Nabataeans, it is a symbol of Jordan, as well as Jordan's most-visited tourist attraction."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "Sri Harimandir Sahib, known as the Golden Temple in Amritsar, is one of the most revered spiritual sites of Sikhism. The construction was intended to build a place of worship for men and women from all walks of life and all religions to worship God equally."
msgid "Hawa Mahal, is a palace in Jaipur, India, so named because it was essentially a high screen wall built so the women of the royal household could observe street festivals while unseen from the outside. Constructed of red and pink sandstone, the palace sits on the edge of the City Palace, and extends to the zenana, or women's chambers."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbor, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time."
msgid "The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honor and shelter the relics."
msgid "The Ajanta Caves are about 29 rock-cut Buddhist cave monuments which date from the 2nd century BCE to about 480 CE in Aurangabad district of Maharashtra state of India. The caves include paintings and rock cut sculptures described as among the finest surviving examples of ancient Indian art, particularly expressive paintings that present emotion through gesture, pose and form. Since 1983, the caves have been a UNESCO World Heritage Site"
msgid "The Konark Sun Temple (also spelled Konarak) is a 13th-century Hindu temple dedicated to the Sun god. Shaped like a giant chariot, the temple is known for the exquisite stone carvings that cover the entire structure."
msgid "Mysore Palace or Mysore Maharaja Palace is one of the largest and most spectacular monuments in India. Also known as Amba Vilas, it is located in the heart of the city of Mysore. The palace was initially built by the Wodeyar kings in the 14th century."
msgid "The Charminar in Hyderabad was constructed in 1591 by Mohammed Quli Qutab Shah. He built the Charminar to mark the end of plague in the Hyderabad city. Since the construction of the Charminar, the Hyderabad city has almost become synonymous with the monument. The Charminar is a massive and impressive structure with four minarets."
msgid "The Victoria Memorial was built to commemorate the peak of the British Empire in India. It represents the architectural climax of Kolkata city, and blends the best of the British and Mughal architecture. The Victoria Memorial hall was built with white Makrana marbles."
msgid "The Rang Ghar is a two-storied building which once served as the royal sports-pavilion where Ahom kings and nobles were spectators at games like buffalo fights and other sports at Rupahi Pathar - particularly during the Rongali Bihu festival in the Ahom capital of Rangpur."
msgid "Qutub Minar at 74 meters, is the tallest brick minaret in the world, and the second tallest minar in India after Fateh Burj at Mohali. Along with the ancient and medieval monuments surrounding it, they form the Qutb Complex, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The tower, located in the Mehrauli area of Delhi, is made of red sandstone and marble."
msgid "Mont Saint-Michel is a rocky tidal island located in Normandy, at the mouth of the Couesnon River, near the city of Avranches. The highest point of the island is the spire at the top of the Abbey’s bell tower, 170 metres above sea level. They are currently less than 50 people living on the island. The unique feature of Mont Saint-Michel is that it is completely surrounded by water and can only be accessed at low tide."
msgid "With more than 4 million visitors each year, Carcassonne is among the most prestigious tourist destinations in France, on a par with Mont Saint Michel and Paris’ Notre-Dame. A UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1997, Carcassonne is a dramatic representation of medieval architecture perched on a rocky spur that towers above the River Aude, southeast of the new town."
msgid "By size, Reims Cathedral is quite an extraordinary construction: designed to accommodate huge crowds, its gigantic dimensions include a surface area of 6,650 m2 and a length of 122m. A Gothic art masterpiece and the coronation site of the Kings of France, it has been listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1991. The Mecca for tourists in the Champagne region welcomes 1,500,000 visitors every year."
msgid "The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 m – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece."
msgid "This Roman amphitheatre dates back to the first century BC and was originally the setting for gladiator battles and chariot races during Antiquity. Modified many times, it was finally renovated during the 19th century."
msgid "Prestigious, majestic, colossal, extravagant are these adjectives enough to fully describe the splendour of Chambord? The largest chateau of the Loire Valley is indeed full of surprises for those who are lucky enough to explore its domain. This remarkable piece of architecture is certainly more than just a castle: it is the dream of a King, transformed into reality."
msgid "When coming from Cahors by road, Rocamadour suddenly appears clinging precariously against the cliff above the Alzou canyon. One of the most famous villages of Europe, Rocamadour seemingly defies the laws of gravity. The vertiginous Citadel of Faith is best summed up by an old local saying: “houses on the river, churches on the houses, rocks on the churches, castle on the rock”."
msgid "The star attraction of Avignon is the Palais des Papes (Palace of the Popes), a vast castle of significant historic, religious and architectural importance. It is one of the largest and most important medieval Gothic buildings in Europe."
msgid "Chateau de Chenonceau is among many of Loire Valley Chateaux that boast amazing architecture and historical significance drawing thousands of tourists from all over the world. Chateau de Chenonceau is sometimes called the Ladies Castle by some historians due to feminine figures having greatly influenced the construction and development of this French Chateau over the centuries."
msgid "The world-famous metallic tower was built for the Paris International Exhibition in 1889 for the centenary of the French Revolution. At the time of its inauguration, it was the world’s tallest monument."
msgid "The ultimate fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein is situated on a rugged hill near Füssen in southwest Bavaria. It was the inspiration for the Sleeping Beauty castles in the Disneyland parks. The castle was commissioned by King Ludwig II of Bavaria who was declared insane when the castle was almost completed in 1886 and found dead a few days later. Neuschwanstein is the most photographed building in the country and one of the most popular tourist attractions in Germany."
msgid "The Trier Imperial Baths are a large Roman bath complex in Trier, Germany. It is designated as part of the Roman Monuments, Cathedral of St. Peter and Church of Our Lady in Trier UNESCO World Heritage Site."
msgid "The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolizes the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe."
msgid "The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital center for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad."
msgid "This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolized the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II."
msgid "The long, high-ceilinged brick structure was the throne hall of the Roman emperor until the destruction of the city by Germanic tribes. The invaders built a settlement inside the roofless ruin. In the 12th century, the apse was converted into a tower to accommodate the Archbishop of Trier."
msgid "Worms Cathedral (Wormser Dom) also known as the Cathedral of St Peter is a Romanesque cathedral in the German city of Worms. A sandstone structure with distinctive conical towers, Worms Cathedral was constructed in phases throughout the twelfth century and mostly completed by 1181."
msgid "Situated on Point Loma in San Diego, California, Cabrillo National Monument commemorates the first European to land on the West Coast of the United States, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo. Portuguese by birth, Cabrillo carried the Spanish flag in his conquests of the New World. He arrived at San Diego Bay in September 1542, three months after departing from Barra de Navidad on the west coast of Mexico."
msgid "The stoic red ruins of Canyon de Chelly in northeastern Arizona are at once part of the National Park Service and the Navajo Nation, having been established as a national monument in 1931. A number of important early Native American sites are preserved in the nearly 84,000 acres of parkland, and Canyon de Chelly also offers an array of Southwestern geological formations, including Spider Rock, an 800-foot-tall sandstone spire that rises eerily from the bottom of the canyon floor."
msgid "Set on more than 20 acres in St. Augustine, Florida, the Castillo de San Marcos was completed as the city's defensive fort in 1695, when Florida was still a Spanish territory. Constructed out of the rare coquina limestone, the star-shaped Castillo also is the oldest masonry fort in the country."
msgid "This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island predates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946."
msgid "The George Washington Birthplace National Monument is in Westmoreland County, Virginia, United States. Originally settled by John Washington, George Washington's great-grandfather, George Washington was born here on February 22, 1732. He lived here until age three, returning later as a teenager."
msgid "Built in white stone with 36 iconic columns, The Lincoln Memorial is one of the most recognized structures in the United States. The memorial is at the west end of the National Mall, in West Potomac Park, and is an example in Neoclassical architecture. It features a solitary, 19-foot-tall statue of Abraham Lincoln sitting in contemplation, which is flanked on both side chambers with inscriptions of Lincoln’s Second Inaugural Address and arguably his most famous speech, the Gettysburg Address."
msgid "Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolizes the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolize this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements."
msgid "Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the northwest portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor center with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small campgrounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access."
msgid "Perhaps the best-known monument and symbol of the United States is the Statue of Liberty, which sits on its own tiny island in New York City. The statue was a gift from the people of France and was dedicated in October 1886."
msgid "Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this oceanfront fortification in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war."
msgid "The Great Pyramid of Giza is also known as the Pyramid of Khufu or the Pyramid of Cheops. It is considered to be the oldest of all the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. It is also the largest of all the three pyramids in the Giza. It is situated in Giza Necropolis of Egypt. The initial construction has been started by Egyptian Pharaoh Khufu then it was continued by his son Khafre and finally completed by Menkaure. It took almost 20 years to build the pyramid and approximately 2 million blocks of stone has been used in the construction. The height of the pyramid is approximately 139 meters making it the highest pyramid of Egypt."
msgid "The Bent Pyramid located at Dahshur was the second pyramid built by pharaoh Sneferu. Mysteriously, this true pyramid rises from the desert at an angle of 55 degrees and then suddenly changes to a more gradual angle of 43 degrees. One theory holds that due to the steepness of the original angle the weight to be added above the inner chambers and passageways became too large, forcing the builders to adopt a shallower angle. Today, the Bent Pyramid is the only pyramid in Egypt of which the outer casing of polished limestone is still largely intact."
msgid "Five miles south of Saqqara in Egypt stands the mysterious tower-like pyramid of Meidum, which today scarcely resembles a typical pyramid at all. The pyramid was probably built during the reign of the 4th Dynasty pharaoh Sneferu, although it is believed by some that the pyramid may have been started by Sneferu’s predecessor, Huni. At some point during its construction the steps of the pyramid were filled with limestone encasing marking the first attempt by the ancient Egyptians at the construction of a true pyramid."
msgid "Red Pyramid was one of the finest and successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 meters making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones and hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on the question mark, and learn about the animal, what it's name is, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgid "Hedgehogs eat small animals, like frogs and insects, so many people keep them as useful pets. When in danger, they will curl up into a ball and stick up their coat of sharp spines."
msgid "The giraffe lives in Africa and is the tallest mammal in the world. Just their legs, which are usually 1.8 meters long, are taller than most humans!"
msgid "Being the largest of all the deers, moose eats as much as 25 kg a day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 meters!"
"In the first level, enjoy exploring music from around the world. Click on each suitcase to learn about the music from that area, and listen to a short sample. Study well, because there will be two games related to this information next!\n"
"\n"
"The second level is a matching game. You will hear a clip of music, and you must select the location that corresponds to that music. Click the play button if you'd like to hear the music again. You win the level when you have correctly matched all sound clips.\n"
"\n"
"The third level is also a matching game. You must select the location that matches the text description on the screen. You win the level when you have correctly matched all text prompts.\n"
msgid "Aboriginals were the first people to live in Australia. They sing and play instruments, like the didgeridoo. It is made from a log and can be up to five meters long!"
msgid "Music is a part of everyday life in Africa. African music features a great variety of drums, and they believe it is a sacred and magical instrument."
msgid "Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshipers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today."
msgid "Taiko drumming comes from Japan. This type of drumming was originally used to scare enemies in battle. It is very loud, and performances are very exciting with crowds cheering and performers yelling!"
msgid "Folk music of this region is called celtic music, often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions."
msgid "Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theater where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas."
msgid "Mariachi is a famous type of Mexican music. It features guitars, trumpets, and violins. These bands play for many occasions, including weddings and parties."
msgid "USA also has a wide variety of musical genres, but perhaps it is most famous for rock n' roll music. This music features vocalists, guitars, and drums."
msgid "Find the date 2 months, 1 week and 8 days before April 7."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Control the hose-pipe"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The fireman needs to stop the fire, but the hose is blocked."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fine motor coordination"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or your finger over the lock which is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe. This will move it, bringing it, part by part, up to the fire. Be careful, if you move off the hose, the lock will go backward."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The football game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball into the goal"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball behind the goal keeper on the right"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag a line from the ball, to set its speed and direction."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Locate the region"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the regions to redraw the whole country"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop different regions of the country to correct locations to redraw the whole country."
msgid "If you have a keyboard you can use the arrow keys to move and hit space to swallow a number. With a mouse you can click on the block next to your position to move and click again to swallow the number. With a touch screen you can do like with a mouse or swipe anywhere in the direction you want to move and tap to swallow the number."
msgid "The factors of a number are all the numbers that divide that number evenly. For example, the factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3 and 6. 4 is not a factor of 6 because 6 cannot be divided into 4 equal pieces. If one number is a multiple of a second number, then the second number is a factor of the first number. You can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people in those families. So 1, 2, 3 and 6 all fit into the 6 family, but 4 belongs to another family."
msgid "The multiples of a number are all the numbers that are equal to the original number times another number. For example, 24, 36, 48 and 60 are all multiples of 12. 25 is not a multiple of 12 because there isn't any number that can be multiplied by 12 to get 25. If one number is a factor of a second number, then the second number is a multiple of the first number. Again, you can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people who belong to those families. The factor 5, has parents 10, grandparents 15, great-grandparents 20, great-great-grandparents 25, and every extra step of 5 is another great- in front! But the number 5 does not belong in the 8 or 23 families. You can't fit any number of 5s into 8 or 23 with nothing left over. So 8 isn't a multiple of 5, nor is 23. Only 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 ... are multiples (or families or steps) of 5."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Gnumch Primes"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide the Number Muncher to all the prime numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn about prime numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Prime numbers are numbers that are only divisible by themselves and 1. For example, 3 is a prime number, but 4 isn't (because 4 is divisible by 2). You can think of prime numbers as very small families: they only ever have two people in them! Only themselves and 1. You can't fit any other numbers into them with nothing left over. 5 is one of these lonely numbers (only 5 × 1 = 5), but you can see that 6 has 2 and 3 in its family as well (6 × 1 = 6, 2 × 3 = 6). So 6 is not a prime number."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Graph Coloring"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Color the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to distinguish between different colors/shapes and learn about relative positions."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ability to distinguish different colors/shapes, sense of positions"
msgid "Guess the algebraic expression and drag the tiles to get a result equal to the Guesscount."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Intuition and practice of algebraic-like calculations."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "knowledge of arithmetic operations"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag the appropriate numbers and the operators to the boxes to obtain the number to guess in the instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:43
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "Level %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:99
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:118
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not positive integer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:120
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not an integer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:132
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "%1/%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:159
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Guesscount: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:217
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Admin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:218
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "BuiltIn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:233
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Not Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperandRow.qml:51
msgctxt "OperandRow|"
msgid "Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperatorRow.qml:55
msgctxt "OperatorRow|"
msgid "Operators"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess a number"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux escape the cave. Tux hides a number for you to find."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers from 1 to 1000 for the last level."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower. Then enter another number. The distance between Tux and the escape area on the right represents how far you are from the correct number. If Tux is over or under the escape area, it means your number is over or under the correct number."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:74
#, qt-format
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Guess a number between 1 and %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:99
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:103
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too high"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:106
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too low"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:110
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number found!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The classic hangman game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess the letters of the given word. To help you, on every wrong try, a part of the image representing the word will be revealed."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This is a good exercise to improve reading and spelling skills."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can enter the letters using the virtual keyboard on the screen or with the real keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/hangman.js:216
#, qt-format
msgctxt "hangman|"
msgid "Attempted: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:270
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:276
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Display image to find as hint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:445
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:446
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:448
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simplified Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the given tower"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on the left"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop one top piece at a time, from one peg to another, to reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on the left."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept taken from EPI games."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right side"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The object of the game is to move the entire stack to another peg, obeying the following rules:\n"
" only one disc may be moved at a time\n"
" no disc may be placed atop a smaller disc\n"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop the top pieces only from one peg to another, to reproduce the initial left side tower on the right peg."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The puzzle was invented by the French mathematician Edouard Lucas in 1883. There is a legend about a Hindu temple whose priests were constantly engaged in moving a set of 64 discs according to the rules of the Tower of Hanoi puzzle. According to the legend, the world would end when the priests finished their work. The puzzle is therefore also known as the Tower of Brahma puzzle. It is not clear whether Lucas invented this legend or was inspired by it. (source Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_hanoi)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:85
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Move the entire stack to the right peg, one disc at a time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:86
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Build the same tower in the empty area as the one you see on the right-hand side"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hexagon"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the strawberry by clicking on the blue fields"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic-training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Try to find the strawberry under the blue fields. The fields become redder as you get closer."
msgid "Maintain the spaceship in the middle without crashing into the planets or the asteroids"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions when you run the activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:124
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the masses of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance that separates their centers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:128
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Since the gravitational force is directly proportional to the mass of both interacting objects, more massive objects will attract each other with a greater gravitational force. So as the mass of either object increases, the force of gravitational attraction between them also increases"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:132
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "But this force is inversely proportional to the square of the separation distance between the two interacting objects, more separation distance will result in weaker gravitational forces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:135
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Your goal is to let Tux's spaceship move by changing the mass of its surrounding planets. Don't get too close to the planets or you will crash on them. The arrow indicates the direction of the force on your ship."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:139
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Avoid the asteroid and join the space shuttle to win."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Land Safe"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Understanding acceleration due to gravity."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot the spaceship towards the green landing area."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Acceleration due to gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the center of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.\n"
"\n"
"Use the up/down keys to control the thrust and the right/left keys to control direction. On touch screens you can control the rocket through the corresponding on-screen buttons.\n"
"\n"
"The accelerometer on the right border shows your rocket's overall vertical acceleration including gravitational force. In the upper green area of the accelerometer your acceleration is higher than the gravitational force, in the lower red area it's lower, and on the blue baseline in the yellow middle area the two forces cancel each other out.\n"
"\n"
"In higher levels, you can use the right/left keys to rotate the spaceship. By rotating the spaceship you can trigger an acceleration in non-vertical direction using the up/down keys.\n"
"\n"
"The landing platform is green if your speed is fine for a safe landing."
"Use the up and down keys to control the thrust.<br/>"
"Use the right and left keys to control direction.<br/>"
"You must drive Tux's ship towards the landing platform.<br/>"
"The landing platform turns green when the velocity is safe to land."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/land_safe.js:100
msgctxt "land_safe|"
msgid ""
"The up and down keys control the thrust of the rear engine.<br/>"
"The right and left keys now control the rotation of the ship.<br/>"
"To move the ship in horizontal direction you must first rotate and then accelerate it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:574
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Fuel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:584
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Altitude: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:595
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Velocity: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:608
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Acceleration: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:634
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Gravity: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete language learning activities."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary in your native language or in a foreign one."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>"
"When done, you are suggested an exercise in which, given the voice, you must find the right word. In the configuration, you can select the language you want to learn."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The images and voices come from the Art4Apps project: http://www.art4apps.org/."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:143
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:144
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:146
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgid "Determine if a hand is a right or a left hand"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish right and left hands from different points of view. Spatial representation"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see a hand: is it a left hand or a right hand? Click on the left button, or the right button depending on the displayed hand."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:144
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Left hand"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:160
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Right hand"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Letter in which word"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A letter is written and/or spoken. Some words are displayed, the children must find the word or the words in which this letter appears."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select all the words which contain the spoken letter."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "spellings, letter recognition"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A letter is displayed on the flag attached to the plane, select all the words or the objects in which the letter appears and then press OK."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:130
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "All words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:138
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Only 5 words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:148
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select case for letter to be searched"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:151
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Mixed Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:152
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Upper Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:153
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Lower Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:167
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:422
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:423
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:425
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Lights Off"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim is to switch off all the lights."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The effect of pressing a button is to toggle the state of that button, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal neighbors. The sun and the color of the sky depend on the number of clicks needed to solve the puzzle. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The solver algorithm is described on Wikipedia. To know more about the Lights Off game: <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lights_Out_(game)>"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The History of Louis Braille"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the major dates of the inventor of the Braille System"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the Braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order."
msgid "Charles Barbier, a French soldier, visited his school and shared his invention of night writing, a code of 12 raised dots to share information on battlefields."
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Stars go in and a few stars escape. You have to count how many are still under the hat. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:101
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "Click on the hat to begin the game"
msgstr ""
#. The math operation
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:106
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "−"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:106
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "+"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count how many items are under the magic hat"
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Under the hat, how many stars can you see moving around? Count carefully. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:36
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "At the first levels, Tux walks comfortably, one step on each move request, through the maze."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "For larger mazes, there is a special walking mode, called \"run-fast-mode\". If this run-fast-mode is enabled, Tux will run all the way automatically until he reaches a fork and you have to decide which way to go further."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see whether this mode is enabled or not, by looking at Tux's feet: If Tux is barefooted, \"run-fast-mode\" is disabled. And if he wears red sport shoes, \"run-fast-mode\" is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the \"barefoot / sportshoe\"-icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/Maze.qml:324
msgctxt "Maze|"
msgid "Look at your position, then switch back to invisible mode to continue your moves"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Invisible Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide Tux out of the invisible maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door. Use the maze icon or the spacebar to switch between invisible and visible modes. Visible mode just gives you an indication of your position, like a map. You cannot move Tux in visible mode."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Relative Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze (Move is relative)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In this maze, the move is relative (first person). Left and right are used to turn and up to go forward."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Melody"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce a sound sequence"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ear-training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click the mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the sound sequence played, and repeat it by clicking on the xylophone's bars. You can listen again by clicking on the repeat button."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa. Tux teacher does the same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa."
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the operations, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, and you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more sums than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition memory game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Turn the cards over to find two numbers which add up the same, until all the cards are gone."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the sums, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux and you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more operations than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgid "A set of cards is shown. Each card has an associated sound, and each sound has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to hear its hidden sound, and try to match the twins. You can only activate two cards at once, so you need to remember where a sound is, while you listen to its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Audio memory game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on cards and listen to find the matching sounds"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Train your memory and remove all the cards"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear. Tux teacher do the same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the numeral form of a number, or the word to write it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:22
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "zero"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:23
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "one"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:24
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "two"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:25
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "three"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:26
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "four"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:27
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "five"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:28
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "six"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:29
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seven"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:30
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:31
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nine"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:32
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "ten"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:33
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eleven"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:34
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twelve"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:35
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "thirteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:36
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fourteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:37
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fifteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:38
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "sixteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:39
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seventeen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:40
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eighteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:41
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nineteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:42
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twenty"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgid "GCompris is a high quality educational software suite, including a large number of activities for children aged 2 to 10."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Some of the activities are game orientated, but nonetheless still educational."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Select an icon to enter an activity or to display a list of activities in a category.\n"
"At the bottom of the screen is the GCompris control bar. Notice that you can hide or show the bar by touching its anchor.\n"
"The following icons are displayed:\n"
"(note that each icon is displayed only if available in the current activity)\n"
" Home - Exit an activity, go back to menu (Ctrl+W and escape key)\n"
" Arrows - Display the current level. Click to select another level\n"
" Lips - Repeat the question\n"
" Question Mark - Help\n"
" Reload - Start the activity from the beginning again\n"
" Tool - The configuration menu\n"
" G - About GCompris\n"
" Quit - Quit GCompris (Ctrl+Q)\n"
"The stars show suitable age groups for each game:\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 simple stars - from 2 to 6 years old\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 complex stars - 7 years and up\n"
"Shortcuts:\n"
" Ctrl+B Show or Hide the control bar\n"
" Ctrl+F Toggle full screen\n"
" Ctrl+M Toggle mute for the background music\n"
" Ctrl+S Toggle the activity section bar\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:77
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "You have the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:78
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:141
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "On <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:163
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enter your activation code"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:166
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Sorry, your code is too old for this version of GCompris"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:169
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Your code is valid, thanks a lot for your support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:189
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Show locked activities"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:199
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio voices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:208
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio effects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:217
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Fullscreen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:227
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Virtual Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:237
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable automatic downloads/updates of sound files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:251
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Use full word image set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:251
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download full word image set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:262
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The activity section menu is visible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:275
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font selector"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:292
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:298
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:333
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:310
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font Capitalization"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:327
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font letter spacing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:346
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Language selector"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:373
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Localized voices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:389
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Check for updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:390
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:408
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Difficulty filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:610
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid ""
"You selected a new locale. You need to restart GCompris to play in your new locale.<br/>"
"Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:611
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:648
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:617
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:653
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:646
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The images for several activities are not yet installed. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:647
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Do you want to download them now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:706
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Mixed case (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:707
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All uppercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:708
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All lowercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:105
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Logic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:106
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Fine Arts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:107
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Music"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:113
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Experiment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:114
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:115
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Geography"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:125
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Numeration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:126
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Arithmetic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:127
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Measures"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:137
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Letters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:138
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:139
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Vocabulary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:375
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Put your favorite activities here by selecting the sun at the top right of that activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:725
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Search specific activities"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mining for gold"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the mousewheel to approach the rockwall and look for gold nuggets."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to use the mousewheel or the zoom / pinch gesture to zoom in and out."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You should be familiar with moving the mouse and clicking."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Looking at the rockwall, you can see a sparkle somewhere. Move next to this sparkle and use the mousewheel or the zoom gesture to zoom in. If you zoomed in at maximum, a gold nugget will appear at the position of the sparkle. Click on the gold nugget to collect it.\n"
"\n"
"Having collected the nugget, use the mousewheel or the pinch gesture to zoom out again. If you zoomed out at maximum, another sparkle will appear, showing the next gold nugget to collect. Collect enough nuggets to complete the level.\n"
"\n"
"The truck in the lower, right corner of the screen will tell you the number of already collected nuggets and the total number of nuggets to collect in this level."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Thanks to the Tuxpaint team for providing the following sounds under GPL:\n"
"- realrainbow.ogg - used when a new gold nugget appears\n"
"- metalpaint.wav - remixed and used when a gold nugget is collected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:414
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Find the sparkle and zoom in around it. If you have a mouse, point the cursor on the sparkle then use the scroll wheel. If you have a trackpad, point the cursor on the sparkle then drag one finger on the right area or two fingers on the center. On a touch area, drag two fingers away from the sparkle, one in each direction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:425
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Perfect you are zooming. Continue until you see the nugget."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:431
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, take care, you are zooming too far from the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:437
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the nugget, click on it to catch it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:443
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, you are too far from the nugget to see it. Unzoom then zoom again as close as you can from the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:449
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now unzoom and try to find another sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:455
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Continue to unzoom until you see the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:461
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the sparkle, go ahead, you can zoom on it."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Missing Letter"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Training reading skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Word reading"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An object is displayed in the main area, and an incomplete word is printed under the picture. Select the missing letter to complete the word."
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Money"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice money usage"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/money_cents/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You must buy the different items and give the exact price. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgid "Click or tap on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click or tap on it on the upper screen area."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/money.js:665
msgctxt "money|"
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgid "Tux bought different items from you and shows you his money. You must give him back his change. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgid "If you form a mill (line of 3 pieces), then select a piece of Tux, and remove it. Pieces of formed mill can not be removed unless no other pieces are left on board."
msgid "After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on the adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green color spot indicates where you can move."
"This activity will teach you to read notes from F1 in bass clef up to D6 in treble clef.<br>"
"For each level you will learn new notes and train the ones you have already learned.<br>"
"Reference notes are colored in red and will help you to read the notes placed around them."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Number sequence"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Touch the numbers in the right sequence."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can count from 1 to 50."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by touching each number in the right sequence, or sliding your finger or dragging the mouse through the numbers in the correct sequence."
msgid "Catch the odd or even number clouds. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgid "For example: 12, 38, 52, 68, 102, 118, 168, 188, 502, 532, 700, 798, 842, 892, 1000. All of these numbers are even numbers as they leave remainder 0 when divided by 2."
msgid "For example: 15, 19, 51, 65, 103, 119, 169, 185, 505, 533, 701, 799, 845, 897, 1001. All of these numbers are odd numbers as they do not leave remainder 0 when divided by 2."
msgid "Utagawa Hiroshige, Horse-mackerel and Prawn - 1840"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Penalty kick"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on any side of the goal in order to score."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on a side of the goal to kick the ball. You can double click the left right or middle mouse button. If you do not click fast enough, Tux catches the ball. You must click on it to bring it back to its former position."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:218
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on the side of the goal you want to put the ball in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:258
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Click or tap the ball to bring it back to its former position"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Photo Hunter"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the differences between the two pictures!"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Visual Discrimination"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Observe the two pictures carefully. There are some slight differences. When you find a difference you must click on it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:107
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Drag the slider to show the differences!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:108
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Click on the differences between the two images!"
msgid "An activity to learn how the piano keyboard works, how notes are written on a musical staff and explore music composition by loading and saving your work."
msgid "Develop an understanding of music composition, and increase interest in making music with a piano keyboard. This activity covers many fundamental aspects of music, but there is much more to explore about music composition. If you enjoy this activity but want a more advanced tool, try downloading Minuet (https://minuet.kde.org/), an open source software for music education or MuseScore (http://musescore.org/en/download), an open source music notation tool."
msgid "Rests are equivalent to notes during which silence is maintained. Click on the rest symbol to select the rest length and then click on the add button to enter it to the staff."
#. Translators, C, D, E, F, G, A and B are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, C4 is a C note in the 4th octave.
#. Translators, C♯, D♯, F♯, G♯, and A♯ are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, C♯4 is a C♯ note in the 4th octave.
#. Translators, D♭, E♭, G♭, A♭, B♭ are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, D♭4 is a D♭ note in the 4th octave.
msgid "Move the helicopter to catch the clouds in the correct order"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/planegame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch the clouds in increasing order. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play piano"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Understand how the piano keyboard can play music as written on the musical staff."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Knowledge of musical notation and musical staff. Play the activity named 'Piano Composition' first."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The notes you see will be played to you. Click on the corresponding keys on the keyboard that match the notes you hear and see.<br>"
"Levels 1-5 will offer treble clef to practice and levels 6-10 will offer bass clef."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:186
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Click on the piano keys that match the given notes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:266
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Display colored notes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:279
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Display colorless notes."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play rhythm"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to beat rhythms precisely and accurately based on what you see and hear."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simple understanding of musical rhythm and beat."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Listen to the rhythm played, and follow along with the music. When you're ready to perform the identical rhythm, click the drum to the rhythm. If you clicked tempo at correct times, another rhythm is displayed. If not, you must try again.<br>"
"Odd levels display a vertical playing line when you click the drum, which helps you see when to click, to follow the rhythm. Click on the drum when the line is in the middle of the notes.<br>"
"Even levels are harder, because there is no vertical playing line. You must read the rhythm, and click it back in tempo. Click the metronome to hear the quarter note tempos.<br>"
"Click on the reload button to replay the rhythm."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/PlayRhythm.qml:102
msgctxt "PlayRhythm|"
msgid "Use the metronome to estimate the time intervals and play the rhythm correctly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/PlayRhythm.qml:103
msgctxt "PlayRhythm|"
msgid "Follow the vertical line and click on the tempo or press space key and play the rhythm correctly."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Programming Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"This activity teaches the kid to program the Tux to its goal using\n"
" simple instructions like move forward, turn left etc"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by programming him to the correct ice spot."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can read instructions. Thinking of the path logically"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Choose the instructions from given menu. Arrange the instruction in an\n"
" order so that they can make the Tux reach to his goal.<br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<b>Keyboard Controls:</b><br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "1. <i><u>To navigate through instructions in the current code area having keyboard focus</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li><b>Arrow keys</b></li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "2. <i><u>To append an instruction from instruction area to the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:44
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Select an instruction from the instruction area by pressing <b>SPACE</b>.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<li>Navigate to the code areas by pressing <b>TAB</b>, then press <b>SPACE</b> to append the instruction.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:46
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "3. <i><u>To add an instruction at any particular position in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:47
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Navigate to the instruction at that position and press <b>SPACE</b> to add the selected instruction from the instruction area.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:48
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "4. <i><u>To delete the current navigated instruction in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:49
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li><b>DELETE</b>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:50
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "5. <i><u>To edit an instruction in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:51
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Navigate to the instruction to edit using <b>Arrow keys</b>.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:52
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "<li>Press <b>SPACE</b> to select it.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:53
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<li>Then navigate to the instruction area using <b>TAB</b> and select the new instruction by pressing <b>SPACE</b>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:54
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "6. <i><u>To run the code or reset Tux when it fails to reach the fish</i></u>:"
"<li>-<b>Procedure</b> is a reusable set of instructions which can be <b>used in a code by calling it where needed.</b></li>"
"<li>-To <b>switch</b> between the <b>Procedure area</b> and <b>Main Function area</b> to add your code, click on the label <b>Procedure</b> or <b>Main Function</b>.</li>"
msgid "Rebuild the displayed train at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory training"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"A train - a locomotive and carriage(s) - is displayed at the top of the main area for a few seconds. Rebuild it at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down.<br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "1. Use arrow keys to move in the answer or sample zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "2. Use Enter or Return key to submit the answers.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "3. Use Space key to swap two wagons or locomotives in answer zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "4. Use Space key to add a wagon or locomotive from samples to answer list.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "5. Use Delete key to remove a wagon or locomotive from answer zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:109
msgctxt "Railroad|"
msgid "Observe and remember the train before the timer ends and then drag the items to set up a similar train."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:110
msgctxt "Railroad|"
msgid "If you forget the positions, you can click on the Hint button to view them again."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Horizontal reading practice"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read a list of words and work out if a given word is in it."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reading training in a limited time"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A word is shown on the board. A list of words, displayed horizontally, will appear and disappear. Does the given word belong to the list?"
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system. When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up. "
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system."
msgid "When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up."
msgid "It is not possible to consume more electricity than what is produced. There is a key limitation in the distribution of electricity, with minor exceptions, electrical energy cannot be stored, and therefore it must be generated as it is needed. A sophisticated system of control is therefore required to ensure electric generation very closely matches the demand. If supply and demand are not in balance, generation plants and transmission equipment can shut down which, in the worst cases, can lead to a major regional blackout."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice subtraction with a fun game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by counting to the correct ice spot."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can read numbers on a domino, and count intervals up to 10 for the first level"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the domino to show how many ice spots there are between Tux and the fish. Click the domino with the right mouse button to count backwards. When done, click on the OK button or hit the Enter key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:230
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Dots"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:231
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Arabic numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:232
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Roman numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:233
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:243
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Select Domino Representation"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Roman numerals"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"A Roman numeral is the name for a number when it is written in the way the Romans used to write numbers. Roman numerals are not used very often today in the west. They are used to write the names of kings and queens, or popes. For example: Queen Elizabeth II. They may be used to write the year a book or movie was made.\n"
"\n"
" The building of the roman numbers is made up by an agglutination of numbers (the thousands, joined with the hundreds, joined with the tens, joined with the units → just like the arab decimal system). This agglutination of numbers is interpreted as the sum of these particular numbers (again → just like the arab decimal system: you add up thousands+hundreds+tens+units, and you write the respective figures combined).\n"
"\n"
" Examples:\n"
"\n"
" 2394: we got a sum of 2000 (MM), 300 (CCC), 90 (XC) and 4 units (IV), so we write this combined: MMCCCXCIV\n"
"\n"
" MMMCMXLIX: we got first thousands (MMM=3000), then we got hundreds (CM=1000–100=900), then we got tens (XL=50–10=40), and at last we got units (IX=10–1=9), so we write this in the decimal system: 3949."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/RomanNumerals.qml:69
#: activities/roman_numerals/RomanNumerals.qml:75
msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
msgid ""
"The roman numbers are all built out of these 7 numbers:\n"
"I and V (units, 1 and 5)\n"
"X and L (tens, 10 and 50)\n"
"C and D (hundreds, 100 and 500)\n"
" and M (1000).\n"
" An interesting observation here is that the roman numeric system lacks the number 0."
"Sums of M are used for building thousands: M, MM, MMM.\n"
"Notice that you cannot join more than three identical symbols. The first implication of this rule is that you cannot use just sums for building all possible units, tens or hundreds, you must use differences too. On the other hand, it limits the maximum roman number to 3999 (MMMCMXCIX).\n"
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a kilogram (kg) is 1000 grams (g)."
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a pound (lb) is 16 ounce (oz)."
msgid "The pound is a unit of mass, a property which corresponds to the common perception of how \"heavy\" an object is. This unit is used in the USA."
msgid "Try to split the pieces of candy to a given number of children"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the division of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Know how to count"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the middle, then drag pieces of candy to each child's rectangle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:28
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul wants to equally share 2 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:38
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Now he wants to give 4 pieces of candy to his friends."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:48
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Paul's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:59
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul has only 10 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 8 remaining pieces of candy?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:28
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "George wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:38
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "Maria wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can she equally split the pieces of candy between her friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:48
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "John wants to equally share 10 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:28
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can you help her? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:38
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Now, Alice wants to give 6 pieces of candy to her friends"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:48
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Can you help Alice give 9 pieces of candy to her friends: one girl and two boys?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:58
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice has 12 pieces of candy left. She wants to give them all to her friends. Can you help her split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:28
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michael wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:38
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Helen has 3 friends: one boy and two girls. She wants to give them 7 pieces of candy. Help her split the pieces of candy between her friends!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:48
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michelle has 9 pieces of candy and wants to split them with two brothers and two sisters. Help her share the pieces of candy!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:58
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Thomas wants to share his 11 pieces of candy with his friends: three boys and one girl. Can you help him?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:28
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Charles wants to share his 8 pieces of candy with 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:38
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "For her birthday, Elizabeth has 12 pieces of candy to share with 4 of her friends: two girls and two boys. How should she split the pieces of candy to her friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:48
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Jason's father gave him 14 pieces of candy to share with his friends: two boys and three girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:29
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Bob wants to give 5 pieces of candy to his friends: two boys and one girl, his girlfriend already has one candy. Can you help him equally split the pieces of candy so that each friend will have the same amount of pieces of candy?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:39
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Harry wants to equally share 8 pieces of candy between his friends: one boy and two girls. Place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them so that each of them has an equal number of pieces of candy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:49
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Harry's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:29
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Jon split 9 pieces of candies between three boys and two girls. The rest will remain to Jon."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:39
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Jon wants to share the rest of his pieces of candies with his brother and his sister. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brother already has two pieces of candies?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:49
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Tux split some pieces of candies to his friends: 9 pieces of candies to one boy and two girls."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:95
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|First part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Place %n boy(s) "
msgid_plural "Place %n boy(s) "
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Second part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgid_plural "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:103
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Third part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid_plural "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:355
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "You can't put more than %1 pieces of candy in the same rectangle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:374
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "Display candy counter"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A simple drawing activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create your own drawing"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enhance creative skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a color and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers With Dice"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on dice before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In a limited time, count the number of dots"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Counting skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dice."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers with dominoes"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on the dominoes before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dominoes."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Solar System"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Answer the questions with a correctness of 100%."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn information about the solar system. If you want to learn more about astronomy, try downloading KStars (https://edu.kde.org/kstars/) or Stellarium (http://stellarium.org/) which are open source astronomy softwares."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on a planet or the Sun to reveal questions. Each question contains 4 options. One of those is 100% correct. Try to answer the questions until you get a 100% closeness in the closeness meter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:25
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Sun"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:29
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is the Sun compared to the planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Sixth largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Third largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Seventh largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:34
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The temperature of the Sun is around:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1000 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "4500 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "5505 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3638 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:39
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How old is the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1.2 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "4.5 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:44
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for the Sun’s light to reach the Earth?"
msgid "The length of a year on Earth is 365 days."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:102
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Venus in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:103
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Second"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:107
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Venus is as heavy as:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0.7 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0.8 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1.3 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "2.5 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:112
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Venus compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fifth largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fourth largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:117
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a year on Venus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "225 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "116 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:122
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Venus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:123
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "117 Earth days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:123
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "88 Earth days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:127
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Venus is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "20 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "467 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "45 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:132
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Venus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:140
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Earth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:142
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:230
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Mars is 20 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:146
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Earth in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:147
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Third"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:147
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:191
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:235
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:274
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:313
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:352
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fifth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:151
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Earth to complete one year?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "200 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:156
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:161
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "12 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "365 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "48 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:166
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many seasons has Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:171
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Maximum temperature on Earth is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "58 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:176
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Earth compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:184
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Mars"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:190
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Mars in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:195
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Mars is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "60 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:200
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How big is the size of Mars compared to Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The same"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Half"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Two times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Three times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:205
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Mars?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:210
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Mars?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24.5 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:215
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Mars to complete one year?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "687 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:220
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How small is Mars compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:228
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Jupiter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:231
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:309
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Saturn is 29.5 Earth years."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:234
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Jupiter in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:239
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Jupiter compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Second largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:244
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Jupiter is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-145 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-180 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:249
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Jupiter?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:254
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Jupiter?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:259
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Jupiter to complete one year?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "5 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "12 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1 Earth year"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:267
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Saturn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:269
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Jupiter is -145 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:270
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Jupiter is 12 Earth years."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:273
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Saturn in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:278
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Saturn compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:283
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Saturn?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:288
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Saturn?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10.5 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:293
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Saturn is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-178 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-100 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:298
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Saturn to complete one year?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "29.5 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "20 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:306
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Uranus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:308
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The temperature on Saturn is -178 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:312
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Uranus in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:313
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:352
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Eighth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:317
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many years does it take for Uranus to go once around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1 year"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "68 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "84 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:322
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Uranus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:327
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Uranus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "27 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "17 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:332
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Uranus compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:337
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Uranus is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-216 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:345
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Neptune"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:347
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Saturn is -178 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:348
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Uranus is 84 years."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:351
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Neptune in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:356
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Neptune to make one revolution around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "165 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:361
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Neptune?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:366
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Neptune?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "16 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:371
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The average temperature on Neptune is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-210 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:376
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Neptune compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:202
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "Accuracy: %1%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:242
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "%1%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:278
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid ""
"Your final score is: <font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1%</font>.<br>"
"<br>"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:278
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid ""
"You should score above 90% to become a Solar System expert!<br>"
"Retry to test your skills again or train in normal mode to explore more about the Solar System."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:278
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "Great! You can replay the assessment to test your knowledge on more questions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"Mode: <font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font><br>"
"<br>"
"There are two modes in the activity which you can switch from the configuration window:<br>"
"<b>1. Normal mode</b> - In this mode you can play and learn about the Solar System.<br>"
"<b>2. Assessment mode</b> - In this mode you can test your knowledge about the Solar System."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Assessment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:107
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Click on the Sun or any planet to reveal questions. Each question will have 4 options, out of which one is correct."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:108
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "After a planet is clicked, the Closeness meter at the bottom-right corner of the screen represents the degree of correctness of your selected answer. The least correct answer is represented by 1%. Try again until you reach a 100% closeness by following the closeness meter, or hint which indicates the correct answer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:113
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "There are 20 questions initially with 4 options each. The progress bar at the bottom right of the screen shows your percentage score."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:114
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"If your answer is correct, your score will increase.<br>"
"If your answer is wrong, your score decreases and one more question will be asked in the end along with the incorrectly answered question.<br>"
"Maximum 25 questions will be asked after which no more question will be added."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:115
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "You should score above 90% to pass the assessment and become a Solar System expert!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:287
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"1. The <b>farther</b> a planet from the Sun, the <b>lower</b> is its temperature.<br>"
"<font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:288
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"2. The duration of a year on a planet <b>increases as we go away from the Sun</b>.<br>"
"<font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:290
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:297
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "View solar system"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:316
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Assessment mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot a Submarine"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drive the submarine to the end point."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to control a submarine"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click using the mouse, physics basics"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Control the various parts of the submarine (the engine, rudders and ballast tanks) to reach the end point.\n"
" Controls:\n"
"\n"
" Engine:\n"
" D / Right arrow: Increase velocity\n"
" A / Left arrow: Decrease velocity\n"
"\n"
" Ballast tanks:\n"
" Switch filling of Ballast tanks:\n"
" W / Up arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" R: Left ballast tank\n"
" T: Right ballast tank\n"
" Switch flush ballast tanks:\n"
" S / Down arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" F: Left ballast tank\n"
" G: Right ballast tank\n"
"\n"
" Diving planes:\n"
" + : Increase diving plane angle\n"
" - : Decrease diving plane angle"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Control the various parts of the submarine (the engine, rudders and ballast tanks) to reach the end point.\n"
" Controls:\n"
"\n"
" Engine:\n"
" D / Right arrow: Increase velocity\n"
" A / Left arrow: Decrease velocity\n"
"\n"
" Ballast tanks:\n"
" Switch filling of Ballast tanks:\n"
" W / Up arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" R: Left ballast tank\n"
" T: Right ballast tanks\n"
" Switch flush ballast tanks:\n"
" S / Down arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" F: Left ballast tank\n"
" G: Right ballast tanks\n"
"\n"
" Diving planes:\n"
" + : Increase diving plane angle\n"
" - : Decrease diving plane angle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:177
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Left Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:285
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Central Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:392
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Right Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:32
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Move the submarine to the other side of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:33
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The leftmost item in the control panel is the engine of the submarine, indicating the current speed of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:34
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Increase or decrease the velocity of the submarine using the engine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:35
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Press the + button to increase the velocity, or the - button to decrease the velocity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:38
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The item next to the engine is the Ballast tanks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:39
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Ballast tanks are used to float or dive under water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:40
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "If the ballast tanks are empty, the submarine will float. If the ballast tanks are full of water, the submarine will dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:41
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the upper valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from filling in the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:42
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the lower valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from flushing out the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to float on the surface of the water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:45
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The rightmost item in the control panel controls the diving planes of the submarine"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:46
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Diving Planes in a submarine is used to control the depth of the submarine accurately once it is underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:47
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Once the submarine is moving underwater, increasing or decreasing the angle of the planes will increase and decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:48
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The + button will increase the depth of the submarine, while the - button will decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:49
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Grab the crown to open the gate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:50
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Check out the help menu for the keyboard controls."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sudoku, place unique symbols in a grid"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Symbols must be unique in a row, in a column, and (if defined) each region."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim of the puzzle is to enter a symbol or numeral from 1 through 9 in each cell of a grid. In the official Sudoku the grid is 9x9 made up of 3x3 subgrids (called 'regions'). In GCompris we start at lower levels with a simpler version using symbols and with no regions. In all cases the grid is presented with various symbols or numerals given in some cells (the 'givens'). Each row, column and region must contain only one instance of each symbol or numeral (Source <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sudoku>)."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Completing the puzzle requires patience and logical ability"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a number or a symbol on the left and click on its target position. GCompris will not let you enter invalid data."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Super Brain"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has hidden several items. Find them again in the correct order"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Click on the items until you find what you think is the correct answer. Then, click on the OK button. In the lower levels, Tux gives you an indication if you found a hiding place by marking the item with a black box. In the levels 4 and 8 an item may be hidden several times.<br/>"
"You can use the right mouse button to flip the items in the opposite order or the item chooser to directly pick an item. Press and hold a mouse button or on the touch screen to automatically choose the last item selected on a column. Double click or tap on a previously selected item in your guess history to mark it as 'correct'. Such marked items are automatically selected in your current and future guesses until you un-mark them, again by double clicking or tapping."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:145
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is well placed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:147
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is misplaced"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:631
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:632
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Shapes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:643
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The tangram puzzle game"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Tangram (Chinese: literally 'seven boards of cunning') is a Chinese puzzle. While the tangram is often said to be ancient, its existence has only been verified as far back as 1800. It consists of 7 pieces, called tans, which fit together to form a square; Using the square side as 1 unit, the 7 pieces contains:\n"
" 5 right isosceles triangles, including:\n"
" - 2 small size ones (legs of 1)\n"
" - 1 medium size (legs of square root of 2)\n"
" - 2 large size (legs of 2)\n"
" 1 square (side of 1) and\n"
" 1 parallelogram (sides of 1 and square root of 2)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select the tangram to form. Move a piece by dragging it. The symmetrical button appears on items that supports it. Click on the rotation button or drag around it to show the rotation you want. Check baby tangram activity for an introduction to tangram."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select the tangram to form. Move a piece by dragging it. The symmetrical button appears on items that supports it. Click on the rotation button or drag around it to show the rotation you want. At first levels, simpler objects are used to introduce the tangram concept."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice addition with a target game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hit the target and count your points"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Throw darts at a target and count your score."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse, can read numbers and count up to 15 for the first level"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Check the speed and direction of the target, and then click on it to launch a dart. When all your darts are thrown, you are asked to count your score. Enter the score with the keyboard."
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click on the square which you want to mark. First player to create a line of 3 marks wins"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A sliding-block puzzle game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Remove the red car from the parking lot through the gate on the right"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Each car can only move either horizontally or vertically. You must make some room in order to let the red car move through the gate on the right."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:117
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:118
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:129
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Watercycle"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has come back from fishing on his boat. Bring the water system back up so he can take a shower."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the water cycle"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, pumping station, and the sewage treatment plant, in order to reactivate the entire water system. When the system is back up and Tux is in the shower, push the shower button for him."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:65
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Sun is the main component of water cycle. Click on the sun to start the water cycle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:66
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "As the sun rises, the water of the sea starts heating and evaporates."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:67
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid " Water vapor condenses to form cloud and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:68
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Rain causes rivers to swell up and this water is transported to us via motor pumps through water-tower. Click on the motor pump to supply water to residents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:70
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "See the tower filled with water. Activate the sewage treatment station by clicking on it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:71
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Great, click on the shower, as Tux arrives home."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:72
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Fantastic, you have completed water cycle. You can continue playing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:96
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "The water cycle (also known as the hydrologic cycle) is the journey water takes as it circulates from the land to the sky and back again. The sun's heat provides energy to evaporate water from water bodies like oceans."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:99
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapor eventually, cools forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over land, precipitation is triggered and fall down as rain."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:102
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Some of the water is trapped between rock or clay layers, called groundwater. But most of the water flows as runoff, eventually returning to the seas via rivers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:104
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Your goal is to complete water cycle before Tux reaches home. Click on the different components which make up the water cycle. First click on sun, then cloud, water pumping station near the river, sewage treatment, and at last regulate the switch to provide water to Tux's shower."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Falling Words"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the falling words before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard training"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard manipulation"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the complete word as it falls, before it reaches the ground"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlay.qml:77
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlay|"
msgid ""
"This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris.<br/>"
"On <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code. Then go to the main configuration dialog to enter the code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:76
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:88
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:41
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translation updated for multiple languages (Breton, Brazilian Portuguese, Finnish...)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:42
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Add Russian dataset for Click on letter activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:43
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in Dutch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:44
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Merge Norwegian counties Nord-Trøndelag and Sør-Trøndelag into Trøndelag in geo-country activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:45
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Fix in braille activities where the cells start at 1, not 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:46
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translation added for Basque, Hungarian and Malayalam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:47
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Loading/saving of creations (Baby Wordprocessor, Balance Box and Piano Composition)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:48
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Many little fixes and improvements."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:48
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translations added for Scottish Gaelic."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:49
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "License page added in configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:49
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:50
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in Polish, Swedish and Ukrainian."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:51
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Search feature."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:52
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "A Changelog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:53
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Many little fixes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:53
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in French."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:54
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Adding a loading overlay to let the user know that some actions are taking place (loading an activity for example) and can take some seconds."
msgid "<b>GCompris</b> is a Free Software developed within the KDE community."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:82
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"<b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> to report a bug.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:111
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:128
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:145
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the development team:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:149
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the translation team:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:94
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "%1 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:96
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:61
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Author:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:65
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Prerequisite:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:70
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Goal:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:75
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Manual:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:79
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Credit:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:83
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Section:"
msgstr ""
#. "Dots" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of dots
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:68
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Dots"
msgstr ""
#. "Arabic Numbers" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of integer numbers
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:70
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Arabic Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. "Roman Numbers" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of roman numbers
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:72
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Roman Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. "Images" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of an image (containing a specific count of same elements)
#. +> trunk5
#: core/Domino.qml:74
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:166
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Downloading ..."
msgstr ""
#. Run this task in background
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:210
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:228
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Abort"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:254
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Download error (code: %1): %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:282
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your download finished successfully. The data files are now available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:284
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Restart any currently active activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:286
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your local data files are up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:105
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Download cancelled by user"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:216
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Could not create resource path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:223
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Could not open target file %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:491
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Invalid format of Contents file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:512
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The url %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:525
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Checksum of downloaded file does not match: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/GCCreationHandler.qml:85
msgctxt "GCCreationHandler|"
msgid "A file with this name already exists. Do you want to replace it?"
msgid "Run GCompris with the default system cursor."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:145
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris without cursor (touch screen mode)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:148
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris in fullscreen mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:151
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris in window mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:154
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris with sound enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:157
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris without sound."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:160
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Disable the kiosk mode (default)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:163
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Enable the kiosk mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:167
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Use software renderer instead of openGL (slower but should run with any graphical card, needs Qt 5.8 minimum)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:170
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Use openGL renderer instead of software (faster but crash potentially depending on your graphical card)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:131
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "The images for several activities are not yet installed. Do you want to download them now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:133 core/main.qml:172
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:138 core/main.qml:178
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:161
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Welcome to GCompris!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:162
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You are running GCompris for the first time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:163
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You should verify that your application settings especially your language is set correctly, and that all language specific sound files are installed. You can do this in the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:165
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Have Fun!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:167
#, qt-format
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Your current language is %1 (%2)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:171
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:199
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "GCompris has been updated! Here are the new changes:<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: core/main.qml:355 core/main.qml:366
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "There is an issue while running GCompris. We have fallbacken to software renderer mode that should solve the issue. "
#. addSmoothCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-smooth-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a smooth"), this);
#. addFourierFilterCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-fourier_filter-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier filter"), this);
#. addFourierTransformCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-fourier_transform-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier transform"), this);
#. addConvolutionCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-convolution-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a (de-)convolution"), this);
#. addCorrelationCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-correlation-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a auto-/cross-correlation"), this);
"For 'C Format', a period is used for the decimal point character and comma is used for the thousands group separator. Valid number representations are:"
"<ul>"
"<li>1234.56</li>"
"<li>1,234.56</li>"
"<li>etc.</li>"
"</ul>"
"When using 'System locale', the system settings will be used. E.g., for the German local the valid number representations are:"
msgid "This option determines how the imported strings have to be converted to calendar date, i.e. year, month, and day numbers in the Gregorian calendar and to time."
"You are running an unsupported version of Windows: %1.\n"
"This is not recommended. Do not report any bugs.\n"
"Please update to a supported version of Windows: Windows 7, 8, 8.1 or 10."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:476 krita/main.cc:481
#, kde-format
msgid "Krita Tablet Support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:477
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver and no Windows Ink pen devices are found. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgid "Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Nearest Neighbor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Replicate pixels in the image. Preserves all the original detail, but can produce jagged effects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:119
#: libs/ui/canvas/kis_canvas_controller.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Bell"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:146
#, kde-format
msgid "BSpline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Lanczos3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Offers similar results than Bicubic, but maybe a little bit sharper. Can produce light and dark halos along strong edges."
msgid "This image is larger than <b>%1 x %2</b>. Images this size cannot be saved to this format."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelCheck.h:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelHomogenousCheck.h:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelPerLayerCheck.h:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/CompositionsCheck.h:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ExifCheck.h:40
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>Exif</b> metadata. The metadata will not be saved."
msgid "This merge strategy attempts to find the best solution for merging, for instance by merging the list of authors together, or keeping identical photographic information."
"<p><i>Thanks! You were all <b>awesome</b>!</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Backers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Thanks To</h1>"
"<p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>For supporting Krita development with advice, icons, brush sets and more.</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Also Thanks To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Your Rights</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is released under the GNU General Public License (version 3 or any later version).</p>"
"<p>This license grants people a number of freedoms:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>You are free to use Krita, for any purpose</li>"
"<li>You are free to distribute Krita</li>"
"<li>You can study how Krita works and change it</li>"
"<li>You can distribute changed versions of Krita</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Krita Foundation and its projects on krita.org are <b>committed</b> to preserving Krita as free software.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Your artwork</h1>"
"<p>What you create with Krita is your sole property. All your artwork is free for you to use as you like.</p>"
"<p>That means that Krita can be used commercially, for any purpose. There are no restrictions whatsoever.</p>"
"<p>Krita’s GNU GPL license guarantees you this freedom. Nobody is ever permitted to take it away, in contrast to trial or educational versions of commercial software that will forbid your work in commercial situations.</p>"
"<br/>"
"<hr/>"
"<pre>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "License"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Third-party Libraries used by Krita</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is built on the following free software libraries:</p>"
msgid "The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog."
msgid "Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images."
msgid "Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)"
msgid "Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)"
"<p><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space\"><span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;\">Color Spaces</span></a> determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p>"
"<p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Uncheck only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> This changes only the colorspace of the rendered image. To convert the colorspace of the layers, use Convert Image Colorspace.</p>"
"<p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p>"
"<p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p>"
"<p>When rendering animation frames (into files or during animation cache regeneration), Krita will make the specified number of copies of your image and will work on them in parallel. Each copy will demand more RAM for its storage (about 20% of the size of you image), so raise this limit only if you have enough RAM installed.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Recommended value:</span> set Clones Limit to the number of <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">physical</span> (non-hyperthreaded) cores your CPU has</p>"
"<p>Krita will try to limit the number of screen updates per second to the given number. A lower number will decrease visual responsiveness but increase stylus precision on some systems like macOS."
"<p>When performance logging is enabled Krita saves timing information into the '<working_dir>/log' folder. If you experience performance problems and want to help us, enable this option and add the contents of the directory to a bug report.</p>"
"<p>Animation frame cache will be stored in RAM completely without any limitations</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">WARNING:</span> please make sure your computer has enough RAM <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">above</span> the amount you requested in General tab. Otherwise you might face system freezes.</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of FullHD@25fps video you need extra 200 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of 4K UltraHD@25fps video you need extra 800 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>Animation frames are stored on hard disk in the same folder as swap file. The cache is stored in a compressed way. Little amount of extra RAM is needed.</p>"
"<p>Since data transfer speed of the hard drive is low, you might want to limit cached frame size to be able to play your video at 25 fps. The limit of 2500 px is usually a good choice.</p>"
"<p>Render scaled down version of the frame if the image is bigger than the provided limit. Make sure you enable this option when using on-disk storage backend.</p>"
"<p>Choose the optional emblem icon that indicates extra information, such as the preset being a special effects brush, or just using tilt, or angled in some way.</p>"
"<p>Some tablet devices don't pass barrel-button clicks via tablet API. If you have such a device, you can try activate this workaround. Krita will try to read right- and middle-button clicks from the mouse events stream. It may or may not work on your device (depends on the tablet driver implementation).</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p>After changing this option Krita should be restarted.</p>"
msgid "The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a color from the canvas."
"<p>The driver for your drawing tablet and Windows do not agree on the size of the screen your tablet is connected to. Please select the right option.</p>"
msgid "A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color."
msgid "The Intel graphics driver in use is known to have issues with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid "Intel graphics drivers tend to have issues with OpenGL so ANGLE will be used by default. You may manually switch to OpenGL but it is not guaranteed to work properly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:865
#, kde-format
msgid "Preferred renderer doesn't support requested surface format. Another renderer has been selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:867
#, kde-format
msgid "Preferred output format is not supported by available renderers"
#. i18nc("Who made the profile?","Manufacturer: ") + currentColorSpace()->profile()->manufacturer() + "</p>"); //This would work if people actually wrote the manufacturer into the manufacturer fiedl...
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space\">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>"
"RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model\">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>"
"CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>"
"CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space\">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale\">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>"
"Grayscale is useful for inking and grayscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space\">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>"
"L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>"
"Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr\">YCbCr (Luma, Blue Chroma, Red Chroma)</a></b>, is a model designed for video encoding. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. Chroma in this case is then a word indicating a special type of saturation, in these cases the saturation of Red and Blue, of which the desaturated equivalents are Green and Yellow respectively. It is available to open up certain images correctly, but Krita does not currently ship a profile for this due to lack of open source ICC profiles for YCrCb."
msgid "<b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colors of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images."
msgid "<b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float"
msgid "<b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float"
msgid "<b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 64bit float, but this isn't actually available in Krita at the moment."
msgid "<b>64 bit float point</b>: 64 bit float is as precise as it gets in current technology, and this depth is used most of the time for images that are generated or used as an input for software. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take eight times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "These are Elle Stone's notes on her profiles that we ship."
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extra notes on profiles by Elle Stone:</b></p>"
"<p><i>Krita comes with a number of high quality profiles created by <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com\">Elle Stone</a>. This is a summary. Please check <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/lcms-make-icc-profiles.html\">the full documentation</a> as well.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>"
msgid "<p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>"
"<p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p>"
"<p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html\">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p>"
"<p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>"
"<p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p>"
"<p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>"
msgid "<p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles."
"<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles."
"<p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally and for most editing purposes, I recommend BetaRGB, Rec2020, or the ACEScg profiles ProPhotoRGB.</p>"
msgid "<p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>"
"<p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p>"
"<p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p>"
"<p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p>"
"<p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p>"
"<p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>"
msgid "<p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes. For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-labl.icc' have perceptually uniform TRCs. A few editing operations really should be done on perceptually uniform RGB. Make sure you use the V4 versions for editing high bit depth images.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-srgbtrc.icc', '-g22.icc', and '-bt709.icc' have approximately but not exactly perceptually uniform TRCs. ProPhotoRGB's gamma=1.8 TRC is not quite as close to being perceptually uniform.</p>"
msgid "<p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>"
msgid "<p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>"
"Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.\n"
"\n"
"Press \"Ok\" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or \"Cancel\" to return to the settings dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: image size"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 of RAM."
"<html><b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce.</html>"
"<html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> or use the \"Report Bug...\" dialog from the \"Help\" menu to report bugs.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\".</html>"
"<html>You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need.</html>"
"<html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br />"
"<br />"
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>"
"<p>Please read <b><a href=\"https://docs.krita.org/en/untranslatable_pages/reporting_bugs.html\">this guide</a></b> for reporting bugs first!</p>"
"<p>To submit a bug report, click on the button below. This will open a web browser window on <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org\">http://bugs.kde.org</a> where you will find a form to fill in. The information displayed above will be transferred to that server.</p>"
msgid "Here you can see a list of key bindings, i.e. associations between actions (e.g. 'Copy') shown in the left column and keys or combination of keys (e.g. Ctrl+V) shown in the right column."
msgid "Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated color. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated color to white, gray or black."
"<p>This sets the gamma value that the linearised HSY Luminosity is crunched with. 1 makes the selector fully linear, 2.2 is a practical default value.</p>"
msgid "The location of FFmpeg is unknown. Please install FFmpeg first: Krita cannot render animations without FFmpeg. (<a href=\"https://www.ffmpeg.org\">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Warning:</span> animated gif images cannot have a framerate higher than 50. The framerate will be reduced to 50 frames per second.</p>"
msgid "Krita tries to automatically check or uncheck this based on the information it can get from the profile you are converting from and the profile you are converting to."
msgid "The icon associated with this action. It is shown alongside text in the menu bar and in toolbars as required. A string to use KDE's image loading system, or a custom QPixmap or QIcon, or None."
msgid "<p>Failed to check version of dependency <application>%1</application>: Module do not have PEP396 <code>__version__</code> attribute. It is not disabled, but behaviour is unpredictable...</p>"
"<p>Select the location of the G'Mic-Qt plugin. You can download the plugin from the <a href=\"http://gmic.eu/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;\">G'Mic website</span></a>. Make sure you download the special version for Krita, not the standalone or the GIMP version.</p>"
msgid "The formula decides how the kernel is created, so different formulas choose different values in the kernel, and thus give subtly different results."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the inserted text. This is a line of inserted text. This is a line after the inserted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the deleted text. This is a line of deleted text. This is a line after the deleted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the format-change text. This is a line of text whose format has been changed. This is a line of text after the format-change text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">It is possible to assign a named style to text and alter the style properties to change all text with that style.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Applying a style change will reformat all text that previously got the named style assigned to it. Use the Styles docker to apply styles to text.</p>"
"The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:902
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "EXR image has been modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1302
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:unsupported-node-message"
msgid "%1 (type: \"%2\")"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1307
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The following layers have a type that is not supported by EXR format:</p>"
"<r>"
"<ul>%1</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p><warning>these layers have <b>not</b> been saved to the final EXR file</warning></p>"
msgid "This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">PNG</span> files have <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">two</span> options to save <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">sRGB</span> information: as a tag or as an explicit profile. For use with in websites, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">disable</span> this option. For interchange with other applications, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">enable</span> this option.</p>"
msgid "Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG."
"<p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p>"
"<p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>"
"<p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p>"
"<p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>"
"<p>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</p>"
"<p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>"
"<p>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</p>"
"<p>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</p>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</li>"
msgid "<p>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</p>"
"<p>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>"
"<p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li>"
msgid "This determines every interval after which the precision should change. For example: if the delta value is set to be 15.00, after every 15 pts change in the size of brush, the precision will change."
msgid "If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent."
"<p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p>"
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify text layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify panel layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "By default this will be filled with a generated universal unique identifier. The ID by itself is merely so that comic book library management programs can figure out if this particular comic is already in their database and whether it has been rated. Of course, the UUID can be changed into something else by manually changing the JSON, but this is advanced usage."
msgid "The genre of the work. Prefilled values are from the ACBF, but you can fill in your own. Separate genres with commas. Try to limit the amount to about two or three."
msgid "The following is a table of the authors that contributed to this comic. You can set their nickname, proper names (first, middle, last), role (penciller, inker, etc), email and homepage."
msgid "If there is an entry in a comics data base, that should be added here. It is unlikely to be a factor for comics from scratch, but useful when doing a conversion."
msgid "Whether the comic is an adaption of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website url should go here."
msgid "Krita doesn't have write access to this folder, so new files cannot be made. Please configure the folder access or move the project to a folder that can be written to."
msgid "The location for extra autocompletion keys in the metadata editor. Point this at a folder containing key_characters/key_format/key_genre/key_rating/key_author_roles/key_other with inside txt files (csv for rating) containing the extra auto-completion keys, each on a new line. This path is stored in the Krita configuration, and not the project configuration."
"This allows you to make a template document with guides.\n"
"The width and height are the size of the live-area, the safe area is the live area minus the margins, and the full image is the live area plus the bleeds."
"<p>Your name for your script. This is used to calculate the name of your package, the name of the class in your package and the associated directory.</p>"
"<p>What you want to appear in the Tools-> Scripts menu. If you leave this blank a default entry will be created based on the name of the script. </p>"
"<p>If this is checked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita->Settings menu entry. </p>"
msgid "<nobr>Blending controls the percentage of color that is picked</nobr> and mixed with your current brush color. A full blending value picks colors completely, ignoring brush color."
"<p>In \"Global Coordinates\" mode Width and Height fields show the size of the shape's bounding box in image-aligned coordinates, even when the shape is rotated or has any other transform. </p>"
"<p>If \"Global Coordinates\" mode is disabled, Width and Height fields show the shape's \"local\" size, before application of any transformations.</p>"
msgid "Sorry, Krita was built without the support of GNU Scientific Library, so you cannot scale the selection with handles. Please compile Krita with GNU Scientific Library support, or use options widget for editing scale values manually."
msgid "Switch between Build Up and Wash mode of painting. Build Up mode adds deformations one on top of the other without any limits. Wash mode gradually deforms the piece to the selected deformation level."
"<p>If disabled, macros will not be included in the code-completion results. This can improve the responsiveness of code-completion in some cases.</p>"
msgctxt "%1: macro type, i.e.: 'Function macro' or just 'Macro'%2: the macro name and arguments"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/macronavigationcontext.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Function macro"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/macronavigationcontext.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Macro"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/macronavigationcontext.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: the link to the definition"
msgid "Defined in: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/macronavigationcontext.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Show uses"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/macronavigationcontext.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Body: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/missingincludepathproblem.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Custom Include Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/missingincludepathproblem.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: duchain/parsesession.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgid "Requested here: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: duchain/parsesession.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgid "In included file: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/parsesession.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Header is not guarded against multiple inclusions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: duchain/parsesession.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgid "The given header is not guarded against multiple inclusions, either with the conventional #ifndef/#define/#endif macro guards or with #pragma once."
msgid "<p>The debugger component encountered an internal error while processing the reply from the debugger. Please submit a bug report. The debug session will now end to prevent potential crash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The exception is: %1\n"
"The MI response is: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal debugger error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:338 midebugsession.cpp:468
#, kde-format
msgid "Process exited"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Could not start debugger.</b>"
"<p>Could not run '%1'. Make sure that the path name is specified correctly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:352
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start debugger"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Process failed to start"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Debugger crashed.</b>"
"<p>The debugger process '%1' crashed.<br>"
"Because of that the debug session has to be ended.<br>"
"Try to reproduce the crash without KDevelop and report a bug.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger crashed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugger.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgid "Process crashed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Examine Core File with %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Examine core file</b>"
"<p>This loads a core file, which is typically created after the application has crashed, e.g. with a segmentation fault. The core file contains an image of the program memory at the time it crashed, allowing you to do a post-mortem analysis.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Attach to Process with %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Attach to process</b>"
"<p>Attaches the debugger to a running process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "KDevelop (%1) - %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Evaluate: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Evaluate expression</b>"
"<p>Shows the value of the expression under the cursor.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Watch: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Watch expression</b>"
"<p>Adds the expression under the cursor to the Variables/Watch list.</p>"
msgid "A program is already being debugged. Do you want to abort the currently running debug session and continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose a process to attach to..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Not attaching to process %1: cannot attach the debugger to itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebuggerplugin.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugjobs.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgctxt "ProjectName: run configuration name"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugjobs.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "'%1' is not an executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugjobs.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug core file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugjobs.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug process %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Running program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "warning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid "Attaching to process %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Could not attach debugger:</b><br />"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Startup error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Examining core file %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger stopped"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:473
#, kde-format
msgid "Application is running"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:478
#, kde-format
msgid "Application is paused"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:770
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Gdb command sent when debugger is not running</b><br>"
"The command was:<br>"
" %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:772
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:886
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Invalid debugger command</b><br>"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:887
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid debugger command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1021
#, kde-format
msgid "Exited with return code: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1023
#, kde-format
msgid "Exited normally"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1030
#, kde-format
msgid "Exited on signal %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1065
#, kde-format
msgid "Program received signal %1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1197
#, kde-format
msgid "1 command in queue\n"
msgid_plural "%1 commands in queue\n"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1198
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Only the 0 and 1 cases need to be translated"
msgid "1 command being processed by gdb\n"
msgid_plural "%1 commands being processed by gdb\n"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1199
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger state: %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Current command class: '%1'\n"
"Current command text: '%2'\n"
"Current command original text: '%3'\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1213
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger status"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1279
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Debugger error</b>"
"<p>Debugger reported the following error:"
"<p><tt>%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: midebugsession.cpp:1282
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: miframestackmodel.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "(running)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/converters.cpp:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Binary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/converters.cpp:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Octal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/converters.cpp:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Decimal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/converters.cpp:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Hexadecimal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/converters.cpp:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Raw"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/converters.cpp:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Unsigned"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_arm.cpp:114
#: registers/registercontroller_x86.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "General"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_arm.cpp:114
#: registers/registercontroller_x86.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Flags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_arm.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "VFP single-word"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_arm.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "VFP double-word"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_arm.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "VFP quad-word"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_x86.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "FPU"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_x86.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "XMM"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registercontroller_x86.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Segment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registersview.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registersview.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: registers/registersview.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: stty.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Cannot use the tty* or pty* devices.\n"
"Check the settings on /dev/tty* and /dev/pty*\n"
"As root you may need to \"chmod ug+rw\" tty* and pty* devices and/or add the user to the tty group using \"usermod -aG tty username\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: stty.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 is incorrect terminal name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: stty.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Can't create a temporary file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: stty.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Can't receive %1 tty/pty. Check that %1 is actually a terminal and that it accepts these arguments: -e sh -c \"tty> %2 ;exec<&-;exec>&-;while :;do sleep 3600;done\""
msgid "Sets the execution pointer to the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "&Run to Cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Continues execution until the cursor position is reached."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "&AT&&T"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "GDB will use the AT&T disassembly flavor (e.g. mov 0xc(%ebp),%eax)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "&Intel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "GDB will use the Intel disassembly flavor (e.g. mov eax, DWORD PTR [ebp+0xc])."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Disassembly flavor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/disassemblewidget.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Machine code display</b>"
"<p>A machine code view into your running executable with the current instruction highlighted. You can step instruction by instruction using the debuggers toolbar buttons of \"step over\" instruction and \"step into\" instruction."
msgid "Opens the 'Find/Replace in files' dialog. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Enter the regular expression you want to search for here.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">If you do not check \"Regular Expression\" below, this is considered a raw string. That means, all meta characters are escaped.</p>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">^</span> - Matches the beginning of a line</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">$</span> - Matches the end of a line</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">\\b</span> - Matches a word boundary</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">?</span> - The preceding item is matched at most once</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">*</span> - The preceding item is matched zero or more times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">+</span> - The preceding item is matched one or more times</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">,}</span> - The preceding item is matched <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span> or more times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{,</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at most <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span> times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">,</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">m</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at least <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span>, but at most <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">m</span> times.</li>"
"</ul>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Furthermore, backreferences to bracketed subexpressions are available via the notation \\<span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">For further reference, look at <a href=\"https://www.pcre.org/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">www.pcre.org</span></a> or <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">man pcresyntax.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Enter the regular expression you want to search for here.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">If you do not check \"Regular Expression\" below, this is considered a raw string. That means, all meta characters are escaped.</p>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">^</span> - Matches the beginning of a line</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">$</span> - Matches the end of a line</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">\\b</span> - Matches a word boundary</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">?</span> - The preceding item is matched at most once</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">*</span> - The preceding item is matched zero or more times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">+</span> - The preceding item is matched one or more times</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">,}</span> - The preceding item is matched <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span> or more times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{,</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at most <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span> times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">,</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">m</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at least <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span>, but at most <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">m</span> times.</li>"
"</ul>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Furthermore, backreferences to bracketed subexpressions are available via the notation \\<span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">For further reference, look at <a href=\"http://www.pcre.org\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">www.pcre.org</span></a> or <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">man pcresyntax.</span></p>"
#. i18n: Full recursion will be used. For folder-based searches, that means searching in the target folder and all the subfolders, their subfolders, and so on.
msgid "Select the location where you want to search. It can be a directory, a file, or a semicolon separated (without spaces) list of directories/files."
msgid "Breakpoint is <a href=\"pending\">pending</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint is <a href=\"dirty\">dirty</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint is active"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Hit %1 time"
msgid_plural "Hit %1 times"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint has errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Breakpoint is pending</b>"
"<p>Pending breakpoints are those that have been passed to GDB, but which are not yet installed in the target, because GDB cannot find the function or file to which the breakpoint refers. The most common case is a breakpoint in a shared library: GDB will insert this breakpoint only when the library is loaded.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Breakpoint is dirty</b>"
"<p>The breakpoint has not yet been passed to the debugger.</p>"
msgid "Displays a list of breakpoints with their current status. Clicking on a breakpoint item allows you to change the breakpoint and will take you to the source in the editor window."
msgid "<b>Frame stack</b>Often referred to as the \"call stack\", this is a list showing which function is currently active, and what called each function to get to this point in your program. By clicking on an item you can see the values in any of the previous calling functions."
"<b>Variable tree</b>The variable tree allows you to see the values of local variables and arbitrary expressions.<br />"
"Local variables are displayed automatically and are updated as you step through your program. For each expression you enter, you can either evaluate it once, or \"watch\" it (make it auto-updated). Expressions that are not auto-updated can be updated manually from the context menu. Expressions can be renamed to more descriptive names by clicking on the name column.<br />"
"To change the value of a variable or an expression, click on the value.<br />"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/variable/variablewidget.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Expression entry</b>Type in expression to watch."
msgid "This list should contain targets that the application does not directly depend on, but for which an action needs to be taken before running the application."
msgid "Co-maintainer, C++/Clang, QA, Windows Support, Performance, Website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Sven Brauch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Co-maintainer, AppImage, Python Support, User Interface improvements"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Friedrich W. H. Kossebau"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find any plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Could not find any plugins during startup.<br/>"
"Please make sure QT_PLUGIN_PATH is set correctly.</p>"
"Refer to <a href=\"https://community.kde.org/Guidelines_and_HOWTOs/Build_from_source#Set_up_the_runtime_environment\">this article</a> for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Frame Stack"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoints"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Variables"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "&Restart"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Restart program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Restarts applications from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupts the debugged process or current debugger command."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Run to &Cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Run to cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Continues execution until the cursor position is reached."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Set E&xecution Position to Cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Jump to cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue execution from the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Step &Over"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over the next line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes one line of source in the current source file. If the source line is a call to a function the whole function is executed and the app will stop at the line following the function call."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over Ins&truction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over instruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Steps over the next assembly instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Step &Into"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into the next statement"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes exactly one line of source. If the source line is a call to a function then execution will stop after the function has been entered."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into I&nstruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into instruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "Steps into the next assembly instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Step O&ut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Step out of the current function"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes the application until the currently executing function is completed. The debugger will then display the line after the original call to that function. If program execution is in the outermost frame (i.e. in main()) then this operation has no effect."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle Breakpoint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Ctrl+Alt+B"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle breakpoint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles the breakpoint at the current line in editor."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Current Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the current execution position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Jumps to the execution line in the editor."
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Debugger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue application execution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgid "Continues the execution of your application in the debugger. This only takes effect when the application has been halted by the debugger (i.e. a breakpoint has been activated or the interrupt was pressed)."
msgid "Unable to create hidden dir (%1) for developer file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to get project file: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not load %1, a project with the same name '%2' is already open."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:347
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not load project management plugin <b>%1</b>.<br>"
" Check that the required programs are installed, or see console output for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgid "project importing plugin (%1) does not support the IProjectFileManager interface."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:565
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not store developer specific project configuration.\n"
"Attention: The project settings you changed will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Project %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid Location: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Project already being opened"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Already opening %1, not opening again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Override"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Continue to open the project and use the just provided project configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:486
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Existing File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Continue to open the project but use the existing project configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Cancel and do not open the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There already exists a project configuration file at %1.\n"
"Do you want to override it or open the existing file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgid "Override existing project configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to create configuration file %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Reopen the current project?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Open / Import Project..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:567
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Open or import project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Open an existing KDevelop 4 project or import an existing Project into KDevelop 4. This entry allows one to select a KDevelop4 project file or an existing directory to open it in KDevelop. When opening an existing directory that does not yet have a KDevelop4 project file, the file will be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:579
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Fetch Project..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Fetch project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:582
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Guides the user through the project fetch and then imports it into KDevelop 4."
msgid "The current launch configuration does not support the '%1' mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Launches..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Launch Configuration Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Open Launch Configuration Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Opens a dialog to setup new launch configurations, or to change the existing ones."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgid "Execute Launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Short text for 'Execute launch' used in the toolbar"
msgid "Execute"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:452
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Execute current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid "Execute current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Short text for 'Debug launch' used in the toolbar"
msgid "Debug"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:461
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Debug current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Debugger."
msgstr ""
#. i18n("Profile Launch"), this);
#. profileAction->setToolTip(i18nc("@info:tooltip", "Profile current launch"));
#. profileAction->setStatusTip(i18n("Profile current launch"));
#. profileAction->setWhatsThis(i18nc("@info:whatsthis", "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Profiler."));
"<p>When a project contains more files than this number, the project will be\n"
"parsed in simplified mode, increasing the efficiency by gathering less information. Global code navigation and quickopen capabilities will be reduced.</p>"
msgid "This report contains scripts of type \"%1\". Only scripts written in JavaScript language are supported. To prevent losing the scripts, their type and content will not be changed unless you change these scripts."
"We make this application for you. You can help us improve it by contributing information on how you use it. This allows us to make sure we focus on things that matter to you.\n"
"Contributing statistics is of course entirely anonymous, will not use any kind of unique identifier and will not cover any data you process with this application."
msgid "Share basic system information and basic statistics on how often you use the application. No unique identification is included, nor data processed with the application."
msgid "Share basic statistics on how often you use the application, as well as detailed information about your system. No unique identification is included, nor data processed with the application."
msgid "Share detailed system information and statistics on how often individual features of the application are used. No unique identification is included, nor data processed with the application."
"We make %1 for you. You can help us improve it by contributing information on how you use it. This allows us to make sure we focus on things that matter to you.\n"
"Contributing statistics is of course entirely anonymous, will not use any kind of unique identifier and will not cover any data you process with %1."
msgid "Share basic statistics on how often you use %1, as well as detailed information about your system. No unique identification is included, nor data processed with %1."
msgid "Share detailed system information and statistics on how often individual features of %1 are used. No unique identification is included, nor data processed with %1."
msgid "We make this application for you. In order to ensure it actually does what you need it to do we would like to ask you about your use cases and your feedback, in the form of a web survey."
msgid "We make %1 for you. In order to ensure it actually does what you need it to do we would like to ask you about your use cases and your feedback, in the form of a web survey."
msgid "The alias is the name you want to give to your account. It should be unique. You can have several connections to the same service so the alias lets you give them names."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-size:8pt; font-weight:600;\">Note:</span><span style=\" font-size:8pt;\"> The alias must be unique.</span></p>"
msgid "To prevent spamming on some groups, you can set here to change the exclamation point (that used to refer to a group), to something else (e.g. nothing.)"
msgid "Auto mode: The flash data directory will be checked regularly. and flash cookies in blacklist will be deleted automatically."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: fcm_dialog.ui:510
msgctxt "FCM_Dialog|"
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> This settings are just applied to flash cookies, to manage HTTP cookies use <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Cookies Manager</span>. </p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: fcm_dialog.ui:538
msgctxt "FCM_Dialog|"
msgid "Notification: User will be notified for every new flash cookie that is not in blacklist and whitelist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: fcm_dialog.ui:565
msgctxt "FCM_Dialog|"
msgid "Delete all flash cookies on exit/start. (except those are in whitelist)"
"There are still %n open tabs and your session won't be stored.\n"
"Are you sure you want to close this window?"
msgid_plural ""
"There are still %n open tabs and your session won't be stored.\n"
"Are you sure you want to close this window?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/browserwindow.cpp:1504
msgctxt "BrowserWindow|"
msgid "Don't ask again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/browserwindow.cpp:1505
msgctxt "BrowserWindow|"
msgid "There are still open tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1071
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Falkon is not currently your default browser. Would you like to make it your default browser?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1072
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Always perform this check when starting Falkon."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1074
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Default Browser"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1195
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Open new tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1196
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Open new window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1197
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Open new private window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1212
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Falkon is a new and very fast Qt web browser. Falkon is licensed under GPL version 3 or (at your option) any later version. It is based on QtWebEngine and Qt Framework."
msgid "The Master Password is used to protect site passwords and form data. If you set a Master Password you will be asked to enter it once per session."
msgid "This page contains information about Falkon's current configuration - relevant for troubleshooting. Please include this information when submitting bug reports."
msgid "This device cannot be paired because it is running an old version of KDE Connect."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: compositefiletransferjob.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Receiving file %1 of %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: compositefiletransferjob.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Receiving file from %2"
msgid_plural "Receiving %1 files from %2"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: device.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Already paired"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: device.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Device not reachable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: device.cpp:545
+#: device.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "SHA1 fingerprint of your device certificate is: %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: device.cpp:553
+#: device.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid "SHA1 fingerprint of remote device certificate is: %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: filetransferjob.cpp:61 filetransferjob.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Receiving file over KDE Connect"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: filetransferjob.cpp:62 filetransferjob.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File transfer origin"
msgid "From"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: filetransferjob.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Filename already present"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: filetransferjob.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File transfer destination"
msgid "To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: filetransferjob.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Received incomplete file: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filetransferjob.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Received incomplete file from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kdeconnectconfig.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE Connect failed to start"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kdeconnectconfig.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find support for RSA in your QCA installation. If your distribution provides separate packets for QCA-ossl and QCA-gnupg, make sure you have them installed and try again."
"Most likely you do not have keditbookmarks currently installed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kbookmarkmanager.cpp:491
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KBookmarkManager|"
msgid "Unable to save bookmarks in %1. Reported error was: %2. This error message will only be shown once. The cause of the error needs to be fixed as quickly as possible, which is most likely a full hard drive."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kbookmarkmenu.cpp:277
msgctxt "KBookmarkMenu|"
msgid "Open Folder in Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kbookmarkmenu.cpp:281
msgctxt "KBookmarkMenu|"
msgid "Open all bookmarks in this folder as a new tab."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kbookmarkmenu.cpp:297
msgctxt "KBookmarkMenu|"
msgid "Bookmark Tabs as Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kbookmarkmenu.cpp:301
msgctxt "KBookmarkMenu|"
msgid "Add a folder of bookmarks for all open tabs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kbookmarkmenu.cpp:341
msgctxt "KBookmarkMenu|"
msgid "Edit your bookmark collection in a separate window"
msgctxt "KCharsets|@item %1 character set, %2 encoding"
msgid "%1 ( %2 )"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcharsets.cpp:675
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KCharsets|@item"
msgid "Other encoding (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcharsets.cpp:704
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KCharsets|@item Text encoding: %1 character set, %2 encoding"
msgid "%1 ( %2 )"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:530
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it contains more than one @. You will not create valid messages if you do not change your address."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:535
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it does not contain a @. You will not create valid messages if you do not change your address."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:540
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "You have to enter something in the email address field."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:542
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it does not contain a local part."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:545
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it does not contain a domain part."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:548
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it contains unclosed comments/brackets."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:551
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is valid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:553
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it contains an unclosed angle bracket."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:556
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it contains too many closing angle brackets."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:559
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you have entered is not valid because it contains an unexpected comma."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:562
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it ended unexpectedly. This probably means you have used an escaping type character like a '\\' as the last character in your email address."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:567
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it contains quoted text which does not end."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:570 kemailaddress.cpp:649
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it does not seem to contain an actual email address, i.e. something of the form joe@example.org."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:574
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it contains an illegal character."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:577
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you have entered is not valid because it contains an invalid display name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kemailaddress.cpp:580
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The email address you entered is not valid because it does not contain a '.'. You will not create valid messages if you do not change your address."
#. @item:intext Duration format hours, minutes, seconds, milliseconds
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:393
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%1:%2:%3.%4"
msgstr ""
#. @item:intext Duration format hours, minutes, seconds
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:399
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%1:%2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. @item:intext %1 is a real number, e.g. 1.23 days
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:414
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%1 days"
msgstr ""
#. @item:intext %1 is a real number, e.g. 1.23 hours
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:417
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%1 hours"
msgstr ""
#. @item:intext %1 is a real number, e.g. 1.23 minutes
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:420
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%1 minutes"
msgstr ""
#. @item:intext %1 is a real number, e.g. 1.23 seconds
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:423
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%1 seconds"
msgstr ""
#. @item:intext %1 is a whole number
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:428
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%n millisecond(s)"
msgid_plural "%n millisecond(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. @item:intext %n is a whole number
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:446
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%n day(s)"
msgid_plural "%n day(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. @item:intext %n is a whole number
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:451
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%n hour(s)"
msgid_plural "%n hour(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. @item:intext %n is a whole number
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:456
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%n minute(s)"
msgid_plural "%n minute(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. @item:intext %n is a whole number
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:461
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "%n second(s)"
msgid_plural "%n second(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. @item:intext days and hours. This uses the previous item:intext messages. If this does not fit the grammar of your language please contact the i18n team to solve the problem
#. ----------
#. @item:intext hours and minutes. This uses the previous item:intext messages. If this does not fit the grammar of your language please contact the i18n team to solve the problem
#. ----------
#. @item:intext minutes and seconds. This uses the previous item:intext messages. If this does not fit the grammar of your language please contact the i18n team to solve the problem
msgctxt "KFormat|used when a relative date string can't be generated because the date is invalid"
msgid "Invalid date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:519
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "Tomorrow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:521
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "Today"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:523
msgctxt "KFormat|"
msgid "Yesterday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:529
msgctxt "KFormat|most recent such day before today"
msgid "Last Monday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:531
msgctxt "KFormat|most recent such day before today"
msgid "Last Tuesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:533
msgctxt "KFormat|most recent such day before today"
msgid "Last Wednesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:535
msgctxt "KFormat|most recent such day before today"
msgid "Last Thursday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:537
msgctxt "KFormat|most recent such day before today"
msgid "Last Friday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:539
msgctxt "KFormat|most recent such day before today"
msgid "Last Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:541
msgctxt "KFormat|most recent such day before today"
msgid "Last Sunday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:546
msgctxt "KFormat|the next such day after today"
msgid "Next Monday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:548
msgctxt "KFormat|the next such day after today"
msgid "Next Tuesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:550
msgctxt "KFormat|the next such day after today"
msgid "Next Wednesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:552
msgctxt "KFormat|the next such day after today"
msgid "Next Thursday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:554
msgctxt "KFormat|the next such day after today"
msgid "Next Friday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:556
msgctxt "KFormat|the next such day after today"
msgid "Next Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: lib/util/kformatprivate.cpp:558
msgctxt "KFormat|the next such day after today"
msgid "Next Sunday"
msgstr ""
#. relative datetime with %1 result of formatReleativeDate() and %2 the formatted time If this does not fit the grammar of your language please contact the i18n team to solve the problem
msgid "<p>The entries are accessible through the submenu <b>Commands</b> in the <b>Tools</b> menu. For faster access it is possible to assign <b>shortcuts</b> in the shortcut configuration page after applying the changes.</p>"
"<p>Automatically start a new line of text when the current line exceeds the length specified by the <b>Wrap words at:</b> option.</p>"
"<p>This option does not wrap existing lines of text - use the <b>Apply Static Word Wrap</b> option in the <b>Tools</b> menu for that purpose.</p>"
"<p>If you want lines to be <i>visually wrapped</i> instead, according to the width of the view, enable <b>Dynamic Word Wrap</b> in the <b>Appearance</b> config page.</p>"
"<p>This string allows to configure Kate's settings for the files selected by this mimetype using Kate variables. Almost any configuration option can be set, such as highlight, indent-mode, encoding, etc.</p>"
"<p>For a full list of known variables, see the manual.</p>"
msgid "The wildcards mask allows to select files by filename. A typical mask uses an asterisk and the file extension, for example <code>*.txt; *.text</code>. The string is a semicolon-separated list of masks."
msgid "The mime type mask allows to select files by mimetype. The string is a semicolon-separated list of mimetypes, for example <code>text/plain; text/english</code>."
msgid "This is a list of available indentation modes. The specified indentation mode will be used for all new documents. Be aware that it is also possible to set the indentation mode with document variables, modes or a .kateconfig file."
msgid "The indentation width is the number of spaces which is used to indent a line. If the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is disabled, a <b>Tab</b> character is inserted if the indentation is divisible by the tab width."
msgid "If this option is selected, the <b>Backspace</b> key decreases the indentation level if the cursor is located in the leading blank space of a line."
"<p>Tab key action (if no selection exists) <a href=\"If you want <b>Tab</b> to align the current line in the current code block like in emacs, make <b>Tab</b> a shortcut to the action <b>Align</b>.\"><span>More ...</span></a></p>"
msgid "If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key always inserts white space so that the next tab position is reached. If the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgid "If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key always indents the current line by the number of character positions specified in <b>Indentation width</b>."
"If this option is selected, the <b>Tab</b> key either indents the current line or advances to the next tab position."
"<p> If the insertion point is at or before the first non-space character in the line, or if there is a selection, the current line is indented by the number of character positions specified in <b>Indentation width</b>."
"<p> If the insertion point is located after the first non-space character in the line and there is no selection, white space is inserted so that the next tab position is reached: if the option <b>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</b> in the section <b>Editing</b> is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgid "When selected, pressing the home key will cause the cursor to skip whitespace and go to the start of a line's text. The same applies for the end key."
msgid "When selected, composed characters are removed with their diacritics instead of only removing the base character. This is useful for Indic locales."
msgid "if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run."
msgid "This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file. Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order mark at start of file: if one is found, the right Unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail the fallback encoding will be tried."
msgid "The byte order mark is a special sequence at the beginning of Unicode encoded documents. It helps editors to open text documents with the correct Unicode encoding. The byte order mark is not visible in the displayed document."
"<p>Enables the start of dynamically wrapped lines to be aligned vertically to the indentation level of the first line. This can help to make code and markup more readable.</p>"
"<p>Additionally, this allows you to set a maximum width of the screen, as a percentage, after which dynamically wrapped lines will no longer be vertically aligned. For example, at 50%, lines whose indentation levels are deeper than 50% of the width of the screen will not have vertical alignment applied to subsequent wrapped lines.</p>"
"The file %1 could not be loaded, as it was not possible to read from it.\n"
"\n"
"Check if you have read access to this file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2397
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1 was opened with %2 encoding but contained invalid characters.<br />"
"It is set to read-only mode, as saving might destroy its content.<br />"
"Either reopen the file with the correct encoding chosen or enable the read-write mode again in the tools menu to be able to edit it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2407
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1 was opened with %2 encoding but contained invalid characters. It is set to read-only mode, as saving might destroy its content. Either reopen the file with the correct encoding chosen or enable the read-write mode again in the tools menu to be able to edit it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2418
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1 was opened and contained lines longer than the configured Line Length Limit (%2 characters).<br />"
"The longest of those lines was %3 characters long<br/>"
"Those lines were wrapped and the document is set to read-only mode, as saving will modify its content."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2423
#, kde-format
msgid "Temporarily raise limit and reload file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2426
#, kde-format
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2432
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1 was opened and contained lines longer than the configured Line Length Limit (%2 characters).<br/>"
"The longest of those lines was %3 characters long<br/>"
"Those lines were wrapped and the document is set to read-only mode, as saving will modify its content."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2455
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to save this unmodified file? You could overwrite changed data in the file on disk."
msgid "The selected encoding cannot encode every Unicode character in this document. Do you really want to save it? There could be some data lost."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2513
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The document could not be saved, as it was not possible to write to %1.\n"
"Check that you have write access to this file or that enough disk space is available.\n"
"The original file may be lost or damaged. Don't quit the application until the file is successfully written."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2637
#, kde-format
msgid "For file %1 no backup copy could be created before saving. If an error occurs while saving, you might lose the data of this file. A reason could be that the media you write to is full or the directory of the file is read-only for you."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2640
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to create backup copy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2641
#, kde-format
msgid "Try to Save Nevertheless"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: document/katedocument.cpp:2763
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to continue to close this file? Data loss may occur."
msgid "Select the color scheme to use for the print."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: printing/printconfigwidgets.cpp:563
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If enabled, the background color of the editor will be used.</p>"
"<p>This may be useful if your color scheme is designed for a dark background.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: printing/printconfigwidgets.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If enabled, a box as defined in the properties below will be drawn around the contents of each page. The Header and Footer will be separated from the contents with a line as well.</p>"
msgid "Use default color from the KDE color scheme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Use KDE Color Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor Background Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Area"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the editing area.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Sets the background color of the selection.</p>"
"<p>To set the text color for selected text, use the "<b>Configure Highlighting</b>" dialog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Current Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the currently active line, which means the line where your cursor is positioned.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Search Highlight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of search results.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Replace Highlight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of replaced text.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Icon Border"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Background Area"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the background color of the icon border.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Line Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This color will be used to draw the line numbers (if enabled).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Current Line Number"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This color will be used to draw the number of the current line (if enabled).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Separator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This color will be used to draw the line between line numbers and the icon borders, if both are enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Word Wrap Marker"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Sets the color of Word Wrap-related markers:</p>"
"<dl>"
"<dt>Static Word Wrap</dt>"
"<dd>A vertical line which shows the column where text is going to be wrapped</dd>"
"<dt>Dynamic Word Wrap</dt>"
"<dd>An arrow shown to the left of visually-wrapped lines</dd>"
"</dl>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Code Folding"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the code folding bar.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Modified Lines"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for modified lines.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Saved Lines"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for saved lines.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Decorations"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Spelling Mistake Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Tab and Space Markers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the tabulator marks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Indentation Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the color of the vertical indentation lines.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Bracket Highlight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Sets the bracket matching color. This means, if you place the cursor e.g. at a <b>(</b>, the matching <b>)</b> will be highlighted with this color.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: The marker color is displayed lightly because of transparency.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Templates & Snippets"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Editable Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Focused Editable Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Not Editable Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: schema/kateschemaconfig.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This list displays the default styles for the current schema and offers the means to edit them. The style name reflects the current style settings.</p>"
"<p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p>"
"<p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the popup menu when appropriate.</p>"
"<p>This list displays the contexts of the current syntax highlight mode and offers the means to edit them. The context name reflects the current style settings.</p>"
"<p>To edit using the keyboard, press <strong><SPACE></strong> and choose a property from the popup menu.</p>"
"<p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p>"
"<p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the context menu when appropriate.</p>"
"<p>This word was considered to be an \"unknown word\" because it does not match any entry in the dictionary currently in use. It may also be a word in a foreign language.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If the word is not misspelled, you may add it to the dictionary by clicking <b>Add to Dictionary</b>. If you do not want to add the unknown word to the dictionary, but you want to leave it unchanged, click <b>Ignore</b> or <b>Ignore All</b>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>However, if the word is misspelled, you can try to find the correct replacement in the list below. If you cannot find a replacement there, you may type it in the text box below, and click <b>Replace</b> or <b>Replace All</b>.</p>"
"<p>The unknown word was detected and considered unknown because it is not included in the dictionary.<br>"
"\n"
"Click here if you consider the unknown word not to be misspelled, and you want to avoid wrongly detecting it again in the future. If you want to let it remain as is, but not add it to the dictionary, then click <b>Ignore</b> or <b>Ignore All</b> instead.</p>"
"<p>If the unknown word is misspelled, you should type the correction for your misspelled word here or select it from the list below.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>You can then click <b>Replace</b> if you want to correct only this occurrence of the word or <b>Replace All</b> if you want to correct all occurrences.</p>"
"<p>Click here to let this occurrence of the unknown word remain as is.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>This action is useful when the word is a name, an acronym, a foreign word or any other unknown word that you want to use but not add to the dictionary.</p>"
"<p>Click here to let all occurrences of the unknown word remain as they are.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>This action is useful when the word is a name, an acronym, a foreign word or any other unknown word that you want to use but not add to the dictionary.</p>"
"<p>Indents the selected lines or the current line</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>unindent</p>"
"<p>Unindents the selected lines or current line.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>cleanindent</p>"
"<p>Cleans up the indentation of the selected lines or current line according to the indentation settings in the document. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>comment</p>"
"<p>Inserts comment markers to make the selection or selected lines or current line a comment according to the text format as defined by the syntax highlight definition for the document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>uncomment</p>"
"<p>Removes comment markers from the selection or selected lines or current line according to the text format as defined by the syntax highlight definition for the document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>goto <b>line number</b></p>"
"<p>This command navigates to the specified line number.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-indent-pasted-text <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, indentation of text pasted from the clipboard is adjusted using the current indenter.</p>"
"<p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Deletes the current line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-tab-width <b>width</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the tab width to the number <b>width</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-replace-tab <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, tabs are replaced with spaces as you type.</p>"
"<p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-show-tabs <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, TAB characters and trailing whitespace will be visualized by a small dot.</p>"
"<p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-remove-trailing-spaces <b>mode</b></p>"
"<p>Removes the trailing spaces in the document depending on the <b>mode</b>.</p>"
"<p>Possible values:"
"<ul>"
"<li><b>none</b>: never remove trailing spaces.</li>"
"<li><b>modified</b>: remove trailing spaces only of modified lines.</li>"
"<li><b>all</b>: remove trailing spaces in the entire document.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-indent-width <b>width</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the indentation width to the number <b>width</b>. Used only if you are indenting with spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-indent-mode <b>mode</b></p>"
"<p>The mode parameter is a value as seen in the Tools - Indentation menu</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-auto-indent <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Enable or disable autoindentation.</p>"
"<p>possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-line-numbers <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the visibility of the line numbers pane.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-folding-markers <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the visibility of the folding markers pane.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-icon-border <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the visibility of the icon border.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-word-wrap <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>Enables dynamic word wrap according to <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-word-wrap-column <b>width</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the line width for hard wrapping to <b>width</b>. This is used if you are having your text wrapped automatically.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-replace-tabs-save <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>When enabled, tabs will be replaced with whitespace whenever the document is saved.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-highlight <b>highlight</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the syntax highlighting system for the document. The argument must be a valid highlight name, as seen in the Tools → Highlighting menu. This command provides an autocompletion list for its argument.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-mode <b>mode</b></p>"
"<p>Sets the mode as seen in Tools - Mode</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>set-show-indent <b>enable</b></p>"
"<p>If enabled, indentation will be visualized by a vertical dotted line.</p>"
"<p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>"
"possible false values: 0 off false</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Open the Print dialog to print the current document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:301 utils/katecmds.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing argument. Usage: %1 <value>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "No such highlighting '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgid "No such mode '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utils/katecmds.cpp:335
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to convert argument '%1' to integer."
msgid "Here you can choose which mode should be used for the current document. This will influence the highlighting and folding being used, for example."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Syntax highlighting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid "[BLOCK] %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Line %1 of %2, Column %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Line %1, Column %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Meaning of current icon: Document was not modified since it was loaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "Meaning of current icon: Document was modified since it was loaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Meaning of current icon: Document was modified or deleted by another program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Meaning of current icon: Document is in read-only mode"
msgid "Please specify the wanted indentation width:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/katestatusbar.cpp:564
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 and %3 are the selected words/chars count, %2 and %4 are the total words/chars count."
msgid "Words %1/%2, Chars %3/%4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:477
#, kde-format
msgid "Cut the selected text and move it to the clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "Paste previously copied or cut clipboard contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this command to copy the currently selected text to the system clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid "Clipboard &History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgid "Save the current document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:493
#, kde-format
msgid "Revert the most recent editing actions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgid "Revert the most recent undo operation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "&Scripts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply &Word Wrap"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:505
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Use this to wrap the current line, or to reformat the selected lines as paragraph, to fit the 'Wrap words at' setting in the configuration dialog.<br />"
"<br />"
"This is a static word wrap, meaning the document is changed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "&Clean Indentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Use this to clean the indentation of a selected block of text (only tabs/only spaces).<br />"
"<br />"
"You can configure whether tabs should be honored and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "&Align"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to align the current line or block of text to its proper indent level."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "C&omment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This command comments out the current line or a selected block of text.<br />"
"<br />"
"The characters for single/multiple line comments are defined within the language's highlighting."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to previous editing line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to next editing line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "Unco&mment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This command removes comments from the current line or a selected block of text.<br />"
"<br />"
"The characters for single/multiple line comments are defined within the language's highlighting."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle Comment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "&Read Only Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:551
#, kde-format
msgid "Lock/unlock the document for writing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Uppercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:560
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the selection to uppercase, or the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgid "Lowercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the selection to lowercase, or the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgid "Capitalize"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgid "Capitalize the selection, or the word under the cursor if no text is selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgid "Join Lines"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:586
#, kde-format
msgid "Invoke Code Completion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Manually invoke command completion, usually by using a shortcut bound to this action."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:599
#, kde-format
msgid "Print the current document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:602
#, kde-format
msgid "Show print preview of current document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:606
#, kde-format
msgid "Reloa&d"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:608
#, kde-format
msgid "Reload the current document from disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Save the current document to disk, with a name of your choice."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid "Save As with Encoding..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:620
#, kde-format
msgid "Save &Copy As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgid "Save a copy of the current document to disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid "This command opens a dialog and lets you choose a line that you want the cursor to move to."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:628
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to Previous Modified Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:629
#, kde-format
msgid "Move upwards to the previous modified line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:633
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to Next Modified Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:634
#, kde-format
msgid "Move downwards to the next modified line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:638
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure Editor..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:640
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure various aspects of this editor."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:643
#, kde-format
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "&Highlighting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:650
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose how the current document should be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:653
#, kde-format
msgid "&Schema"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:658
#, kde-format
msgid "&Indentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the entire text of the current document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "If you have selected something within the current document, this will no longer be selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:669
#, kde-format
msgid "Enlarge Font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:671
#, kde-format
msgid "This increases the display font size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:676
#, kde-format
msgid "Shrink Font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:678
#, kde-format
msgid "This decreases the display font size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:683
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset Font Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:685
#, kde-format
msgid "This resets the display font size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:688
#, kde-format
msgid "Bl&ock Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:691
#, kde-format
msgid "This command allows switching between the normal (line based) selection mode and the block selection mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:695
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to Next Input Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:697
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to the next input mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:700
#, kde-format
msgid "Overwr&ite Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose whether you want the text you type to be inserted or to overwrite existing text."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:710
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br />"
"<br />"
"This is only a view option, meaning the document will not changed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:714
#, kde-format
msgid "Dynamic Word Wrap Indicators"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:716
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose when the Dynamic Word Wrap Indicators should be displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgid "&Off"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow &Line Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgid "&Always On"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:724
#, kde-format
msgid "If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the column defined in the editing properties."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:727
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Static &Word Wrap Marker"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:729
#, kde-format
msgid "Show/hide the Word Wrap Marker, a vertical line drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the editing properties"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:733
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Folding &Markers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:736
#, kde-format
msgid "You can choose if the codefolding marks should be shown, if codefolding is possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:739
#, kde-format
msgid "Show &Icon Border"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:741
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show/hide the icon border.<br />"
"<br />"
"The icon border shows bookmark symbols, for instance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:744
#, kde-format
msgid "Show &Line Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:747
#, kde-format
msgid "Show/hide the line numbers on the left hand side of the view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:750
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Scroll&bar Marks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show/hide the marks on the vertical scrollbar.<br />"
"<br />"
"The marks show bookmarks, for instance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:755
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Scrollbar Mini-Map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: view/kateview.cpp:757
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show/hide the mini-map on the vertical scrollbar.<br />"
"<br />"
"The mini-map shows an overview of the whole document."
msgstr ""
#. i18n("Show the whole document in the Mini-Map"), this);
#. a->setWhatsThis(i18n("Display the whole document in the mini-map.<br /><br />With this option set the whole document will be visible in the mini-map."));
"<p>Quits the application. If <tt>w</tt> is prepended, it also writes the document(s) to disk. This command can be called in several ways:<br />"
" <tt>q</tt> — closes the current view.<br />"
" <tt>qa</tt> — closes all views, effectively quitting the application.<br />"
" <tt>wq</tt> — writes the current document to disk and closes its view.<br />"
" <tt>wqa</tt> — writes all documents to disk and quits.</p>"
"<p>In all cases, if the view being closed is the last view, the application quits. If no file name is associated with the document and it should be written to disk, a file dialog will be shown.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>x/xa — write and quit</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>x[a]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Saves document(s) and quits (e<b>x</b>its). This command can be called in two ways:<br />"
" <tt>x</tt> — closes the current view.<br />"
" <tt>xa</tt> — closes all views, effectively quitting the application.</p>"
"<p>In all cases, if the view being closed is the last view, the application quits. If no file name is associated with the document and it should be written to disk, a file dialog will be shown.</p>"
"<p>Unlike the 'w' commands, this command only writes the document if it is modified.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>sp,split— Split horizontally the current view into two</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>sp[lit]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>The result is two views on the same document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>vs,vsplit— Split vertically the current view into two</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>vs[plit]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>The result is two views on the same document.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>clo[se]— Close the current view</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>clo[se]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>After executing it, the current view will be closed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>[v]new — split view and create new document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>[v]new</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Splits the current view and opens a new document in the new view. This command can be called in two ways:<br />"
" <tt>new</tt> — splits the view horizontally and opens a new document.<br />"
" <tt>vnew</tt> — splits the view vertically and opens a new document.<br />"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>e[dit] — reload current document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>e[dit]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Starts <b>e</b>diting the current document again. This is useful to re-edit the current file, when it has been changed by another program.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>b,buffer — Edit document N from the document list</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>b[uffer] [N]</b></tt></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bp,bprev — previous buffer</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bp[revious] [N]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to <b>[N]</b>th previous document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list. </p>"
"<p> <b>[N]</b> defaults to one. </p>"
"<p>Wraps around the start of the document list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bn,bnext — switch to next document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bn[ext] [N]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to <b>[N]</b>th next document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list.<b>[N]</b> defaults to one. </p>"
"<p>Wraps around the end of the document list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:506
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bf,bfirst — first document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bf[irst]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to the <b>f</b>irst document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: vimode/appcommands.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>bl,blast — last document</b></p>"
"<p>Usage: <tt><b>bl[ast]</b></tt></p>"
"<p>Goes to the <b>l</b>ast document (\"<b>b</b>uffer\") in document list.</p>"
msgid "When selected, vi commands will override Kate's built-in commands. For example: Ctrl+R will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialog)."
"Key mapping is used to change the meaning of typed keys. This allows you to move commands to other keys or make special keypresses for doing a series of commands.\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"\"<F2>\" → \"I-- <esc>\"\n"
"\n"
"This will prepend \"-- \" to a line when pressing F2."
msgctxt "KDateComboBox|@option do not specify a date"
msgid "No Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatecombobox.cpp:311
msgctxt "KDateComboBox|@info"
msgid "The date you entered is invalid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatecombobox.cpp:314
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KDateComboBox|@info"
msgid "Date cannot be earlier than %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatecombobox.cpp:321
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KDateComboBox|@info"
msgid "Date cannot be later than %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:189
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Week %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:294
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Next year"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:295
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Previous year"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:296
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Next month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:297
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Previous month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:298
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Select a week"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:299
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Select a month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:300
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Select a year"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:301
msgctxt "KDatePicker|"
msgid "Select the current day"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatepicker.cpp:642
msgctxt "KDatePicker|@action:button"
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatetimeedit.cpp:189
msgctxt "KDateTimeEdit|UTC time zone"
msgid "UTC"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatetimeedit.cpp:190
msgctxt "KDateTimeEdit|No specific time zone"
msgid "Floating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatetimeedit.cpp:230
msgctxt "KDateTimeEdit|@info"
msgid "The entered date and time is before the minimum allowed date and time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kdatetimeedit.cpp:240
msgctxt "KDateTimeEdit|@info"
msgid "The entered date and time is after the maximum allowed date and time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: keditlistwidget.cpp:305
msgctxt "KEditListWidget|"
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: keditlistwidget.cpp:317
msgctxt "KEditListWidget|"
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: keditlistwidget.cpp:329
msgctxt "KEditListWidget|"
msgid "Move &Up"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: keditlistwidget.cpp:334
msgctxt "KEditListWidget|"
msgid "Move &Down"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:160
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Here you can choose the font to be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:182
msgctxt "KFontChooser|"
msgid "Requested Font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:199
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@option:check"
msgid "Font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:203
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Enable this checkbox to change the font family settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:204
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:tooltip"
msgid "Change font family?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:208
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@label"
msgid "Font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:215
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@option:check"
msgid "Font style"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:219
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Enable this checkbox to change the font style settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:220
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:tooltip"
msgid "Change font style?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:224
msgctxt "KFontChooser|"
msgid "Font style:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:232
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@option:check"
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:236
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Enable this checkbox to change the font size settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:237
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:tooltip"
msgid "Change font size?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:241
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@label:listbox Font size"
msgid "Size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:257
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Here you can choose the font family to be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:281
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Here you can choose the font style to be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:289
msgctxt "KFontChooser|QFontDatabase"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:290 kfontchooser.cpp:602
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@item font"
msgid "Italic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:291 kfontchooser.cpp:603
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@item font"
msgid "Oblique"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:292
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@item font"
msgid "Bold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:293
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@item font"
msgid "Bold Italic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:312
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@item font size"
msgid "Relative"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:314
msgctxt "KFontChooser|"
msgid ""
"Font size<br />"
"<i>fixed</i> or <i>relative</i><br />"
"to environment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:316
msgctxt "KFontChooser|"
msgid "Here you can switch between fixed font size and font size to be calculated dynamically and adjusted to changing environment (e.g. widget dimensions, paper size)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:340
msgctxt "KFontChooser|"
msgid "Here you can choose the font size to be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:378
msgctxt "KFontChooser|"
msgid "The Quick Brown Fox Jumps Over The Lazy Dog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:381
msgctxt "KFontChooser|"
msgid "This sample text illustrates the current settings. You may edit it to test special characters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontchooser.cpp:587
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFontChooser|@item Font style"
msgid "%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontrequester.cpp:220
msgctxt "KFontRequester|"
msgid "Choose Font..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontrequester.cpp:226
msgctxt "KFontRequester|"
msgid "Preview of the selected font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontrequester.cpp:227
msgctxt "KFontRequester|"
msgid "This is a preview of the selected font. You can change it by clicking the \"Choose Font...\" button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontrequester.cpp:230
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFontRequester|"
msgid "Preview of the \"%1\" font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kfontrequester.cpp:231
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KFontRequester|"
msgid "This is a preview of the \"%1\" font. You can change it by clicking the \"Choose Font...\" button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kled.cpp:195
msgctxt "KLed|Accessible name of a Led whose state is on"
msgid "LED on"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kled.cpp:196
msgctxt "KLed|Accessible name of a Led whose state is off"
msgid "Click this button to display the familiar KDE mime type editor."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpassworddialog.cpp:76
#, qt-format
msgctxt "KNewPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Password must be at least %n character(s) long."
msgid_plural "Password must be at least %n character(s) long."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpassworddialog.cpp:80
msgctxt "KNewPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Password is empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpassworddialog.cpp:84
msgctxt "KNewPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpassworddialog.cpp:89
msgctxt "KNewPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Passwords match."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpassworddialog.cpp:144
msgctxt "KNewPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Low Password Strength"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpassworddialog.cpp:145
msgctxt "KNewPasswordDialog|"
msgid ""
"The password you have entered has a low strength. To improve the strength of the password, try:\n"
" - using a longer password;\n"
" - using a mixture of upper- and lower-case letters;\n"
" - using numbers or symbols as well as letters.\n"
"\n"
"Would you like to use this password anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpasswordwidget.cpp:64
msgctxt "KNewPasswordWidget|@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"The password strength meter gives an indication of the security of the password you have entered. To improve the strength of the password, try:"
"<ul>"
"<li>using a longer password;</li>"
"<li>using a mixture of upper- and lower-case letters;</li>"
"<li>using numbers or symbols, such as #, as well as letters.</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpasswordwidget.ui:19
msgctxt "KNewPasswordWidget|"
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpasswordwidget.ui:29
msgctxt "KNewPasswordWidget|"
msgid "&Verify:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: knewpasswordwidget.ui:54
msgctxt "KNewPasswordWidget|"
msgid "Password strength &meter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.cpp:65
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.cpp:105
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Supply a password below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.ui:26
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Supply a username and password below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.ui:63
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "No password, use anonymous (or &guest) login"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.ui:70
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Use this password:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.ui:95
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Username:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.ui:109
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Domain:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.ui:123
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpassworddialog.ui:137
msgctxt "KPasswordDialog|"
msgid "Remember password"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswordlineedit.cpp:56
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Change the visibility of the password"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpixmapregionselectordialog.cpp:64
msgctxt "KPixmapRegionSelectorDialog|"
msgid "Select Region of Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpixmapregionselectordialog.cpp:68
msgctxt "KPixmapRegionSelectorDialog|"
msgid "Please click and drag on the image to select the region of interest:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpixmapregionselectorwidget.cpp:191
msgctxt "KPixmapRegionSelectorWidget|"
msgid "Image Operations"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpixmapregionselectorwidget.cpp:193
msgctxt "KPixmapRegionSelectorWidget|"
msgid "&Rotate Clockwise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpixmapregionselectorwidget.cpp:195
msgctxt "KPixmapRegionSelectorWidget|"
msgid "Rotate &Counterclockwise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp:215
msgctxt "KSqueezedTextLabel|"
msgid "&Copy Full Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:108
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:113
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:118
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:118
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:123
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&No"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:123
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:128
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Discard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:128
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Discard changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:129
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:135
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Save"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:135
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Save data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:140
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Do Not Save"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:141
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Do not save data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:146
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Save &As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:147
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Save file with another name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:152
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:152
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Apply changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:153
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid ""
"When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialog will not be closed.\n"
"Use this to try different settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:161
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Administrator &Mode..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:161
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Enter Administrator Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:162
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "When you click <b>Administrator Mode</b> you will be prompted for the administrator (root) password in order to make changes which require root privileges."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:169
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "C&lear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:170
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Clear input"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:171
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Clear the input in the edit field"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:176
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|show help"
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:177
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Show help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:182
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:183
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Close the current window or document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:188
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Close Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:189
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Close the current window."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:194
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Close Document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:195
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Close the current document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:200
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Defaults"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:201
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Reset all items to their default values"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:208
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|go back"
msgid "&Back"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:209
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Go back one step"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:216
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|go forward"
msgid "&Forward"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:217
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Go forward one step"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:227
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "&Print..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kstandardguiitem.cpp:228
msgctxt "KStandardGuiItem|"
msgid "Opens the print dialog to print the current document"
msgid "Generate a SHA1 hash for the package at <path>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:17
#, kde-format
msgid "For install or remove, operates on packages installed for all users."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:27
#, kde-format
msgctxt "theme, wallpaper, etc. are keywords, but they may be translated, as both versions are recognized by the application (if translated, should be same as messages with 'package type' context below)"
msgid "The type of package, corresponding to the service type of the package plugin, e.g. KPackage/Generic, Plasma/Theme, Plasma/Wallpaper, Plasma/Applet, etc."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:35
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Do not translate <path>"
msgid "Install the package at <path>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:43
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Do not translate <name>"
msgid "Show information of package <name>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:51
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Do not translate <path>"
msgid "Upgrade the package at <path>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:58
#, kde-format
msgid "List installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:65
#, kde-format
msgid "List all known package types that can be installed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:72
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Do not translate <name>"
msgid "Remove the package named <name>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Absolute path to the package root. If not supplied, then the standard data directories for this KDE session will be searched instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Recreate the plugin index. To be used in conjunction with either the option -t or -g. Recreates the index for the given type or package root. Operates in the user directory, unless -g is used"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove the plugin index. To be used in conjunction with either the option -t or -g. Recreates the index for the given type or package root. Operates in the user directory, unless -g is used"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Do not translate <path>"
msgid "Outputs the metadata for the package <path>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpackagetool/options.h:115
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Do not translate <path>"
msgid "Outputs the metadata for the package into <path>"
msgid "The maximum size of the on-disk Theme cache in kilobytes. Note that these files are sparse files, so the maximum size may not be used. Setting a larger size is therefore often quite safe."
msgid "Too many misspelled words. As-you-type spell checking disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/highlighter.cpp:276
msgctxt "Sonnet::Highlighter|"
msgid "As-you-type spell checking disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:41 ui/sonnetui.ui:57
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>This word was considered to be an \"unknown word\" because it does not match any entry in the dictionary currently in use. It may also be a word in a foreign language.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If the word is not misspelled, you may add it to the dictionary by clicking <b>Add to Dictionary</b>. If you do not want to add the unknown word to the dictionary, but you want to leave it unchanged, click <b>Ignore</b> or <b>Ignore All</b>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>However, if the word is misspelled, you can try to find the correct replacement in the list below. If you cannot find a replacement there, you may type it in the text box below, and click <b>Replace</b> or <b>Replace All</b>.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:47
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "Unknown word:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:54
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "Unknown word"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:63
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "<b>misspelled</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:70 ui/sonnetui.ui:180
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>Select the language of the document you are proofing here.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:75
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "&Language:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:85
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "Text excerpt showing the unknown word in its context."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:88
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>Here you can see a text excerpt showing the unknown word in its context. If this information is not sufficient to choose the best replacement for the unknown word, you can click on the document you are proofing, read a larger part of the text and then return here to continue proofing.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:96
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "... the <b>misspelled</b> word shown in context ..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:106
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>The unknown word was detected and considered unknown because it is not included in the dictionary.<br>"
"\n"
"Click here if you consider the unknown word not to be misspelled, and you want to avoid wrongly detecting it again in the future. If you want to let it remain as is, but not add it to the dictionary, then click <b>Ignore</b> or <b>Ignore All</b> instead.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:112
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "<< Add to Dictionary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:135
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "Suggestion List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:138
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>If the unknown word is misspelled, you should check if the correction for it is available and if it is, click on it. If none of the words in this list is a good replacement you may type the correct word in the edit box above.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>To correct this word click <b>Replace</b> if you want to correct only this occurrence or <b>Replace All</b> if you want to correct all occurrences.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:151 ui/sonnetui.ui:167
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>If the unknown word is misspelled, you should type the correction for your misspelled word here or select it from the list below.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>You can then click <b>Replace</b> if you want to correct only this occurrence of the word or <b>Replace All</b> if you want to correct all occurrences.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:157
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "Replace &with:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:177
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "Language Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:206
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "S&uggest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:213
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>Click here to replace this occurrence of the unknown text with the text in the edit box above (to the left).</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:218
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "&Replace"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:225
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>Click here to replace all occurrences of the unknown text with the text in the edit box above (to the left).</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:230
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "R&eplace All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:237
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>Click here to let this occurrence of the unknown word remain as is.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>This action is useful when the word is a name, an acronym, a foreign word or any other unknown word that you want to use but not add to the dictionary.</p>"
"\n"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:243
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid "&Ignore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ui/sonnetui.ui:250 ui/sonnetui.ui:263
msgctxt "SonnetUi|"
msgid ""
"<qt>\n"
"<p>Click here to let all occurrences of the unknown word remain as they are.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>This action is useful when the word is a name, an acronym, a foreign word or any other unknown word that you want to use but not add to the dictionary.</p>"
"Click on a highlighted item's column to change it. \"%s\" in a command will be replaced with the clipboard contents.<br>"
"For more information about regular expressions, you could have a look at the <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\">Wikipedia entry about this topic</a>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgid " second"
msgid_plural " seconds"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid " entry"
msgid_plural " entries"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Advanced Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgctxt "General Config"
msgid "General"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "General Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Actions Config"
msgid "Actions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Actions Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Shortcuts Config"
msgid "Shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Shortcuts Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgid "D&isable Actions for Windows of Type WM_CLASS"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: configdialog.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This lets you specify windows in which Klipper should not invoke \"actions\". Use<br />"
"<br />"
"<center><b>xprop | grep WM_CLASS</b></center>"
"<br />"
"in a terminal to find out the WM_CLASS of a window. Next, click on the window you want to examine. The first string it outputs after the equal sign is the one you need to enter here.</qt>"
msgid "Manually Invoke Action on Current Clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "&Edit Contents..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "&Show Barcode..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Next History Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous History Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Klipper at Mouse Position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:499
+#: klipper.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgid "You can enable URL actions later by left-clicking on the Klipper icon and selecting 'Enable Clipboard Actions'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:530
+#: klipper.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgid "Should Klipper start automatically when you login?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:531
+#: klipper.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically Start Klipper?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:531
+#: klipper.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "Start"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:532
+#: klipper.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "Do Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:870
+#: klipper.cpp:872
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:937
+#: klipper.cpp:939
#, kde-format
msgid "Mobile Barcode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:985
+#: klipper.cpp:987
#, kde-format
msgid "Really delete entire clipboard history?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:986
+#: klipper.cpp:988
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete clipboard history?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:1004 klipper.cpp:1013
+#: klipper.cpp:1006 klipper.cpp:1015
#, kde-format
msgid "Clipboard history"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:1030
+#: klipper.cpp:1032
#, kde-format
msgid "up"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:1037
+#: klipper.cpp:1039
#, kde-format
msgid "current"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: klipper.cpp:1044
+#: klipper.cpp:1046
#, kde-format
msgid "down"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Version), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Klipper version"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeepClipboardContents), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:12
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep clipboard contents"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreventEmptyClipboard), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:18
#, kde-format
msgid "Selecting this option has the effect, that the clipboard can never be emptied. E.g. when an application exits, the clipboard would usually be emptied."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IgnoreSelection), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore Selection"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IgnoreSelection), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:27
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When an area of the screen is selected with mouse or keyboard, this is called \"the selection\".<br/>"
"If this option is set, the selection is not entered into the clipboard history, though it is still available for pasting using the middle mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncClipboards), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize clipboard and selection"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SyncClipboards), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:36
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When an area of the screen is selected with mouse or keyboard, this is called \"the selection\".<br/>"
"If this option is selected, the selection and the clipboard is kept the same, so that anything in the selection is immediately available for pasting elsewhere using any method, including the traditional middle mouse button. Otherwise, the selection is recorded in the clipboard history, but the selection can only be pasted using the middle mouse button. Also see the 'Ignore Selection' option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SelectionTextOnly), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Selection text only"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SelectionTextOnly), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:41
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When an area of the screen is selected with mouse or keyboard, this is called \"the selection\".<br/>"
"If this option is selected, only text selections are stored in the history, while images and other selections are not."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseGUIRegExpEditor), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Use graphical regexp editor"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (URLGrabberEnabled), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:48
#, kde-format
msgid "URL grabber enabled"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NoActionsForWM_CLASS), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:53
#, kde-format
msgid "No actions for WM_CLASS"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TimeoutForActionPopups), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Timeout for action popups (seconds)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (TimeoutForActionPopups), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:60
#, kde-format
msgid "A value of 0 disables the timeout"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxClipItems), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Clipboard history size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ActionList), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Dummy entry for indicating changes in an action's tree widget"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StripWhiteSpace), group (Actions)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Strip whitespace when executing an action"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StripWhiteSpace), group (Actions)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: klipper.kcfg:77
#, kde-format
msgid "Sometimes, the selected text has some whitespace at the end, which, if loaded as URL in a browser would cause an error. Enabling this option removes any whitespace at the beginning or end of the selected string (the original clipboard contents will not be modified)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReplayActionInHistory), group (Actions)
msgid "Hostname on which the application is running"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "hostname"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Caption of the window to be terminated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of the application to be terminated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "ID of resource belonging to the application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "id"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Time of user action causing termination"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "KWin helper utility"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "This helper utility is not supposed to be called directly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<b>Application \"%1\" is not responding</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:98
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<p>You tried to close window \"%1\" from application \"%2\" (Process ID: %3) but the application is not responding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:100
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<p>You tried to close window \"%1\" from application \"%2\" (Process ID: %3), running on host \"%4\", but the application is not responding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: helpers/killer/killer.cpp:103
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>Do you want to terminate this application?</p>"
"<p><warning>Terminating the application will close all of its child windows. Any unsaved data will be lost.</warning></p>"
msgctxt "Special entry in alt+tab list for minimizing all windows"
msgid "Show Desktop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:542
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows (Reverse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:543
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows Alternative"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:544
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows Alternative (Reverse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:545
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows of Current Application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows of Current Application (Reverse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows of Current Application Alternative"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Windows of Current Application Alternative (Reverse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:549
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Desktops"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Desktops (Reverse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:551
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Desktop List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabbox.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgid "Walk Through Desktop List (Reverse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: tabbox/tabboxhandler.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The Window Switcher installation is broken, resources are missing.\n"
"Contact your distribution about this."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You have selected to show a window without its border.\n"
"Without the border, you will not be able to enable the border again using the mouse: use the window operations menu instead, activated using the %1 keyboard shortcut."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You have selected to show a window in fullscreen mode.\n"
"If the application itself does not have an option to turn the fullscreen mode off you will not be able to disable it again using the mouse: use the window operations menu instead, activated using the %1 keyboard shortcut."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "&Move"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "&Resize"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep &Above Others"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep &Below Others"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "&Fullscreen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "&Shade"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "&No Border"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Window Short&cut..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Special &Window Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "S&pecial Application Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Entry in context menu of window decoration to open the configuration module of KWin"
msgid "Window Manager S&ettings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Mi&nimize"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid "Ma&ximize"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "&Untab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Close Entire &Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:390
#, kde-format
msgid "&More Actions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "&Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "&Extensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Switch to tab -> Previous"
msgid "Previous"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Switch to tab -> Next"
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:571
#, kde-format
msgctxt "There's no window available to be attached as tab to this one"
msgid "None available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:580
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "&Attach as tab to"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.cpp:617
#, kde-format
msgid "&Desktops"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgid "Move To &Desktop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:647
#, kde-format
msgid "Move To &Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Ac&tivities"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:674 useractions.cpp:716
#, kde-format
msgid "&All Desktops"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:701 useractions.cpp:753
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Create a new desktop and move there the window"
msgid "&New Desktop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:773
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu List of all Screens to send a window to. First argument is a number, second the output identifier. E.g. Screen 1 (HDMI1)"
msgid "Screen &%1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:794
#, kde-format
msgid "&All Activities"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:1037
#, kde-format
msgctxt "'%1' is a keyboard shortcut like 'ctrl+w'"
msgid "<b>%1</b> is already in use"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:1039
#, kde-format
msgctxt "keyboard shortcut '%1' is used by action '%2' in application '%3'"
msgid "<b>%1</b> is used by %2 in %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:1170
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate Window (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: useractions.cpp:1375
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The window manager is configured to consider the screen with the mouse on it as active one.\n"
"Therefore it is not possible to switch to a screen explicitly."
msgid "The battery in (\"%1\") is running low, and the device may turn off at any time. Please recharge or replace the battery."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:543
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Placeholder is device name"
msgid "The battery in your mouse (\"%1\") is low, and the device may turn itself off at any time. Please replace or charge the battery as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Placeholder is device name"
msgid "The battery in your keyboard (\"%1\") is low, and the device may turn itself off at any time. Please replace or charge the battery as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:557
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Placeholder is device name"
msgid "The battery in a connected device (\"%1\") is low, and the device may turn itself off at any time. Please replace or charge the battery as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:535
#, kde-format
msgid "Keyboard Battery Low (%1% Remaining)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:542
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The battery in an external device"
msgid "Device Battery Low (%1% Remaining)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Battery Low (%1% Remaining)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Battery running low - to continue using your computer, plug it in or shut it down and change the battery."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:582
#, kde-format
msgid "Your battery is low. If you need to continue using your computer, either plug in your computer, or shut it down and then change the battery."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:580
#, kde-format
msgid "Battery Critical (%1% Remaining)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:582
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Cancel timeout that will automatically put system to sleep because of low battery"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:595
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Cancel timeout that will automatically suspend system because of low battery"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Battery level critical. Your computer will shut down in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:604
#, kde-format
msgid "Your battery level is critical, the computer will be halted in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:596
#, kde-format
msgid "Battery level critical. Your computer will enter hibernation mode in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:609
#, kde-format
msgid "Your battery level is critical, the computer will be hibernated in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:601
#, kde-format
msgid "Battery level critical. Your computer will go to sleep in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid "Your battery level is critical, the computer will be suspended in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:606
#, kde-format
msgid "Battery level critical. Please save your work."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid "Your battery level is critical, save your work as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:629
#, kde-format
msgid "AC Adapter Plugged In"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgid "Running on AC power"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgid "The power adapter has been plugged in."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:645
#, kde-format
msgid "The power adaptor has been plugged in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:635
#, kde-format
msgid "Running on Battery Power"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:635
#, kde-format
msgid "The power adapter has been unplugged."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "The power adaptor has been unplugged."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: powerdevilcore.cpp:654
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"KDE Power Management System could not be initialized. The backend reported the following error: %1\n"
msgid "Multiplication between a vector and a matrix is allowed provided that the matrix has only one matrixrow element"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: analitza/operations.cpp:728
msgctxt "QCoreApplication|"
msgid "Addition of two matrices is allowed provided that both matrices have the same number of rows and the same number of columns"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: analitza/operations.cpp:760
msgctxt "QCoreApplication|"
msgid "Multiplication of two matrices is allowed provided that the number of columns of the first matrix equals the number of rows of the second matrix"
msgid "<p><b>Julia</b> is a high-level, high-performance dynamic programming language for technical computing, with syntax that is familiar to users of other technical computing environments. It provides a sophisticated compiler, distributed parallel execution, numerical accuracy, and an extensive mathematical function library.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The url to the documentation of Julia, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
msgid "http://docs.julialang.org/en/latest/"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "You should set path to Julia executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to Julia should point directly to julia executable, symlink not allowed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Сantor couldn’t determine the version of Julia for %1. Please specify the correct path to Julia executable (no symlinks allowed) and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "You are trying to use Cantor with Julia v%1.%2.%3. This version of Cantor was compiled with the support of Julia v%4.%5.%6. Please point to this version of Julia or recompile Cantor using the version %1.%2.%3."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (replPath), group (JuliaBackend)
msgid "Lua backend needs installed Lua programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Lua binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Lua executable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/lua/luabackend.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "In Lua backend settings a path to Lua binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Lua? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/lua/luabackend.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Lua official documentation"
msgid "http://www.lua.org/docs.html"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/lua/luabackend.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p> Lua is a fast and lightweight scripting language, with a simple procedural syntax. There are several libraries in Lua aimed at math and science.</p>"
"<p>This backend supports luajit 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (LuaBackend)
msgid "Maxima backend needs installed Maxima - a computer algebra system. The backend often automatically finds needed binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Maxima executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "In Maxima backend settings a path to maxima binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Maxima? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Maxima, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
msgid "Maxima is a system for the manipulation of symbolic and numerical expressions, including differentiation, integration, Taylor series, Laplace transforms, ordinary differential equations, systems of linear equations, polynomials, and sets, lists, vectors, matrices, and tensors. Maxima yields high precision numeric results by using exact fractions, arbitrary precision integers, and variable precision floating point numbers. Maxima can plot functions and data in two and three dimensions. "
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (MaximaBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to the Maxima executable"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (MaximaBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximabackend.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Url to the local Maxima documentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Too many */"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Too many /*"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: expected \" before ;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaexpression.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Waiting for the plot result"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximaextensions.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Maxima batch file (*.mac)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximasession.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to start Maxima"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximasession.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Maxima crashed. restarting..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/maxima/maximasession.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Maxima crashed twice within a short time. Stopping to try starting"
msgid "Octave backend needs installed Octave programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Octave binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Octave binary file with command line interface (CLI)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/octave/octavebackend.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "In Octave backend settings a path to Octave binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Octave? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/octave/octavebackend.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Octave, please check if there is a translated version (currently Czech and Japanese) and use the correct url"
"GNU Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. <br/>"
"It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (OctaveBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/octave/octavebackend.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to the Octave executable"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (OctaveBackend)
+msgid "Communication with Cantor python server failed for unknown reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python2/python2backend.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation Python 2"
msgid "http://docs.python.org/2/"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python2/python2backend.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Python is a remarkably powerful dynamic programming language that is used in a wide variety of application domains. There are several Python packages to scientific programming.</p>"
"<p>This backend supports Python 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (Python2Backend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (Python3Backend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python2/python2backend.kcfg:9
#: backends/python3/python3backend.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Url to the local Python documentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python3/python3backend.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation Python 3"
msgid "http://docs.python.org/3/"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python3/python3backend.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Python is a remarkably powerful dynamic programming language that is used in a wide variety of application domains. There are several Python packages to scientific programming.</p>"
msgid "Qalculate! is not your regular software replication of the cheapest available calculator. Qalculate! aims to make full use of the superior interface, power and flexibility of modern computers. The center of attention in Qalculate! is the expression entry. Instead of entering each number in a mathematical expression separately, you can directly write the whole expression and later modify it. The interpretation of expressions is flexible and fault tolerant, and if you nevertheless do something wrong, Qalculate! will tell you so. Not fully solvable expressions are however not errors. Qalculate! will simplify as far as it can and answer with an expression. In addition to numbers and arithmetic operators, an expression may contain any combination of variables, units, and functions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (postConversion), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "If and how units will be automatically converted. If true, convert to the best suited SI units (the least amount of units)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (angleUnit), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:13
#, kde-format
msgid "Default angle unit for trigonometric functions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (base), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:23
#, kde-format
msgid "Base of parsed and evaluated numbers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (structuring), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:32
#, kde-format
msgid "If the evaluation result will be simplified or factorized."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fractionFormat), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:42
#, kde-format
msgid "If rational numbers will be displayed with decimals, as a fraction, or something in between."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indicateInfiniteSeries), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Show that the digit series of a number continues forever with three dots, instead of rounding (ex. 2/3 displays as 0.666666... instead of 0.666667)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useAllPrefixes), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Use all decimal SI prefixes. If false, prefixes which is not a multiple of thousand (centi, deci, deca, hecto) will not be used automatically."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (negativeExponents), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, negative exponents will be used instead of division (ex. 5/x^2 becomes 5*x^-2)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (minExp), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Numerical display."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (inlinePlot), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:68
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, plots will be displayed inside the worksheet. If not they appear in a separate window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (coloredPlot), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether colors should be used in plots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotGrid), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether a grid should be plotted."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotBorder), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether full borders should be drawn around the plot."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotLineWidth), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Width of lines, in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotSteps), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of interpolation steps to be used in plotting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotSmoothing), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Smoothing mode in plots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotStyle), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Style of plots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotLegend), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Legend position in plots."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Qalculate reports it cannot print. Is gnuplot installed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "missing %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a number."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a integer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a boolean."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "invalid option for %1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgid "found multiple expressions in one plot command (%1 and %2)."
"R is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics, similar to the S language and environment. <br/>"
"It provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (RBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/R/rserver/rserver.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Url to the local R documentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/R/rsettingswidget.cpp:33
#, kde-format
msgid "Double click to open file selection dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/R/rsettingswidget.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "*.R *.r|R source files (*.R, *.r)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/sage/sagebackend.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Sage backend needs installed Sage programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Sage binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Sage executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/sage/sagebackend.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "In Sage backend settings a path to Sage binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Sage? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/sage/sagebackend.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Sage, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
msgid "Scilab backend needs installed Scilab programming language. The backend often automatically finds needed Scilab binary file, but not in this case. Please, go to Cantor settings and set path to Scilab executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: backends/scilab/scilabbackend.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "In Scilab backend settings a path to Scilab binary file set as %1, but this file not executable. Are you sure, that this is correct path to Scilab? Change this path in Cantor settings, if no."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/scilab/scilabbackend.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation of Scilab, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
+msgid "KTouch can't switch or set up keyboard layouts. Before training, you have to configure your computer to use the correct keyboard layout or you will have to use your current keyboard layout to type the lesson text."
msgid "There is an error with the Fill-in-the-blank brackets"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtableview.cpp:732
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Select Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtableview.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Sound"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtableview.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "All Files (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutor.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>KWordQuiz Tutor displays flashcards on your screen in a way that allows you to set a certain time interval at which flashcards will pop up.<br />"
"<br />"
"The flashcards pop up in a non-intrusive way allowing you to carry on working without stealing the focus from other programs you might be working with.<br />"
"<br />"
"Be sure to right-click KWordQuiz Tutor icon on the panel and select Preferences. There you can assign keyboard shortcuts.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutor.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Tutor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutor.cpp:60 kwqtutor.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Start Exercise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutor.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure KWordQuiz Tutor..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutor.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Close Flash Card"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutor.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Flip Flash Card"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutor.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Stop Exercise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutorprefs.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group tutor settings"
msgid "Tutor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutorprefs.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group tutor settings"
msgid "Tutor Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutorprefs.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Shortcuts Config"
msgid "Shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kwqtutorprefs.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Shortcuts Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:32
#, kde-format
msgid "A powerful flashcard and vocabulary learning program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:39
+#: main.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "kwordquiz"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:44
+#: main.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "KWordQuiz"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:48
+#: main.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2003-2010, Peter Hedlund"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:52
+#: main.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Peter Hedlund"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:53
+#: main.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Anne-Marie Mahfouf"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:53
+#: main.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE Edutainment Maintainer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:54
+#: main.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Martin Pfeiffer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: main.cpp:54
+#: main.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Leitner System and several code contributions"
"<p>The map is based on data from the Clementine Moon mission (UVVIS Basemap Mosaic). Credits: NASA/SDIO, Courtesy <a href=\"http://astrogeology.usgs.gov\">USGS Astrogeology Research Program</a></p>"
msgid "This image of <i>Earth's city lights</i> was created with data from the Defense Meteorological Satellite Program (DMSP) Operational Linescan System (OLS)."
msgid "<p> Martin Behaim's <i>Erdapfel</i> is the oldest existent globe of the Earth. <i>Credits: Germanisches Nationalmuseum, Nuremberg, License: CC BY-SA 3.0.</i></p>"
"<p>Find your way! Marble Maps brings the highly detailed OpenStreetMap to your mobile devices. It features a crisp, beautiful map with an intuitive user interface. It's open source, entirely based on free data and open standards and respects your privacy.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-maps/AboutDialog.qml:69
msgctxt "AboutDialog|"
msgid ""
"<h3>Support</h3>"
"<p>Do you have a question? Want to file a suggestion for improvement? Please use the <a href=\"https://forum.kde.org/viewforum.php?f=217\">Marble forum</a> to get in touch with fellow Marble users and developers. Further support channels are listed at <a href=\"https://marble.kde.org/support.php\">marble.kde.org</a>. We are looking forward to your feedback!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-maps/AboutDialog.qml:94
msgctxt "AboutDialog|"
msgid ""
"<h3>Development Team</h3>"
"<p>The main developers of this app are Dennis Nienhüser, Torsten Rahn, Sanjiban Bairagya, Friedrich W. H. Kossebau, Gábor Péterffy and Mikhail Ivchenko. They are part of more than 200 developers who already contributed to the Marble project. <br>"
" Contact us via <a href=\"https://mail.kde.org/mailman/listinfo/marble-devel\">marble-devel@kde.org</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-maps/AboutDialog.qml:121
msgctxt "AboutDialog|"
msgid ""
"<h3>Attribution</h3>"
"<p>The map is based on data from the <a href=\"https://www.openstreetmap.org\">OpenStreetMap</a> project, available under the <a href=\"http://opendatacommons.org/licenses/odbl/\">Open Database License</a>. Additionally public domain data from the <a href=\"http://www.naturalearthdata.com/\">Natural Earth</a> project is used. The map style is influenced by and uses icons from <a href=\"https://github.com/gravitystorm/openstreetmap-carto\">OpenStreetMap Carto</a> (<a href=\"http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/\">CC0 Public Domain)</a>.</p>"
msgid "Download a map region in different zoom levels for offline usage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:280
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Print..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:281
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Ctrl+P"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:282
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:286
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Print a screenshot of the map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:285
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Print Previe&w ..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:289
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Quit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:290
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Ctrl+Q"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:291
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Quit the Application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:294
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Copy Map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:295
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Ctrl+C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:296
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Copy a screenshot of the map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:299
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Edit Map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:300
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Ctrl+E"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:301
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Edit the current map region in an external editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:305
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Record Movie"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:306
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Records a movie of the globe"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:312
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Stop Recording"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:313
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Stop recording a movie of the globe"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:319
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Configure Marble"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:320
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show the configuration dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:323
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "C&opy Coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:324
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Copy the center coordinates as text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:327
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Full Screen Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:328
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Ctrl+Shift+F"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:330
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Full Screen Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:333
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Show Status Bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:335
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show Status Bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:339
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Lock Position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:341
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Lock Position of Floating Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:344
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Clouds"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:346
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show Real Time Cloud Cover"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:349
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Work Off&line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:353
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Time Control..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:354
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Configure Time Control "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:357
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "S&un Control..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:358
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Configure Sun Control"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:361
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Redisplay"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:362
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "F5"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:363
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Reload Current Map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:366
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Marble Virtual Globe &Handbook"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:367
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "F1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:368
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show the Handbook for Marble Virtual Globe"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:371
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "What's &This"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:372
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Shift+F1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:373
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show a detailed explanation of the action."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:376
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Community Forum"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:377
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Visit Marble's Community Forum"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:380
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&About Marble Virtual Globe"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:381
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show the application's About Box"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:384
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "About &Qt"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:385
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show the Qt library's About box"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:389
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Add Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:390
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Ctrl+B"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:391
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Add Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:394
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:395
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Set Home Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:398
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show &Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:399
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Toggle display of Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:403
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Manage Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:404
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Manage Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:408
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Create a New Map..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:409
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "A wizard guides you through the creation of your own map theme."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:413
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Show Tile Zoom Level"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:421
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Degree (DMS)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:426
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Degree (Decimal)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:431
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:446
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:459
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:467
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:468
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Info Boxes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:469
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Online Services"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:472
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:476
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Panels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:481
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&View Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:484
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:493
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:598
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Home"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:607
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:731
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:744
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Export Map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:746
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Images (*.jpg *.png)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:762
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Marble"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:763
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "An error occurred while trying to save the file.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:894
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Marble Virtual Globe %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:948
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:1025
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Position: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:951
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:1033
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Altitude: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:954
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:1041
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Zoom: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:957
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:1049
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:989
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "All Supported Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:995
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Open File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:1016
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "&Angle Display Unit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-qt/QtMainWindow.cpp:1265
msgctxt "Marble::MainWindow|"
msgid "Unnamed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:92
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Marble - Virtual Globe"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:283
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Default (Resizable)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:292
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "NTSC (%1x%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:293
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "PAL (%1x%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:294
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "NTSC 16:9 (%1x%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:295
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "PAL 16:9 (%1x%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:297
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "DVD (%1x%2p)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:299
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "HD (%1x%2p)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:301
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Full HD (%1x%2p)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:302
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Digital Cinema (%1x%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:493
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "The Marble development team wishes you a pleasant and safe journey."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:494
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Caution: Driving instructions may be incomplete or inaccurate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:495
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Road construction, weather and other unforeseen variables can result in this suggested route not to be the most expedient or safest route to your destination."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:496
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Please use common sense while navigating."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:583
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Unable to start the external editor. Check that %1 is installed or choose a different external editor in the settings dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:585
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Cannot start external editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:602
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Legend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:620
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Routing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:628
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:636
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:649
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Search for cities, addresses, points of interest and more (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:653
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Map View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:664
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:673
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Tour"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:686
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Edit Maps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:738
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:876
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Hide &All Panels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:740
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Show or hide all panels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/apps/marble-ui/ControlView.cpp:865
msgctxt "Marble::ControlView|"
msgid "Show &All Panels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AbstractFloatItem.cpp:240
msgctxt "Marble::AbstractFloatItem|"
msgid "&Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AbstractFloatItem.cpp:246
msgctxt "Marble::AbstractFloatItem|"
msgid "&Hide"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AbstractFloatItem.cpp:255
msgctxt "Marble::AbstractFloatItem|"
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AddLinkDialog.cpp:69
msgctxt "Marble::AddLinkDialog|"
msgid "No URL specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AddLinkDialog.cpp:70
msgctxt "Marble::AddLinkDialog|"
msgid "Please specify a URL for this link."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AddLinkDialog.cpp:73
msgctxt "Marble::AddLinkDialog|"
msgid "No name specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AddLinkDialog.cpp:74
msgctxt "Marble::AddLinkDialog|"
msgid "Please specify a name for this link."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AddLinkDialog.ui:14
msgctxt "UiAddLinkDialog|"
msgid "Add link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AddLinkDialog.ui:22
msgctxt "UiAddLinkDialog|"
msgid "URL:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/AddLinkDialog.ui:32
msgctxt "UiAddLinkDialog|"
msgid "Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManager.cpp:58
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManager.cpp:62
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManager.cpp:250
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManager|"
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:184
#, qt-format
msgctxt "BookmarkManagerDialogPrivate|"
msgid "The folder %1 is not empty. Removing it will delete all bookmarks it contains. Are you sure you want to delete the folder?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:185
msgctxt "BookmarkManagerDialogPrivate|"
msgid "Remove Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:419
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "Export Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:420
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "KML files (*.kml)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:425
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "Unable to save bookmarks. Please check that the file is writable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:426
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "Bookmark Export"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:433
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "Import Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:434
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "KML Files (*.kml)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:441
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "The file %1 cannot be opened as a KML file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:442
msgctxt "Marble::BookmarkManagerDialog|"
msgid "Bookmark Import"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:476
msgctxt "BookmarkManagerDialogPrivate|"
msgid "The file contains a bookmark that already exists among your Bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:477
msgctxt "BookmarkManagerDialogPrivate|"
msgid "Imported bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:478
msgctxt "BookmarkManagerDialogPrivate|"
msgid "Existing bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/BookmarkManagerDialog.cpp:479
msgctxt "BookmarkManagerDialogPrivate|"
msgid "Do you want to replace the existing bookmark with the imported one?"
msgid "Please specify a valid ID for this placemark."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.cpp:372
msgctxt "Marble::EditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "No image specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.cpp:373
msgctxt "Marble::EditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Please specify an icon for this placemark or add a valid tag."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.cpp:376
msgctxt "Marble::EditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Invalid icon path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.cpp:377
msgctxt "Marble::EditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Please specify a valid path for the icon file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:20
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Edit placemark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:38
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:47
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Show Balloon Popup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:55
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Style, Color"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:61
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Label"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:74
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:186
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Color:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:129
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:244
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Scale:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:170
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Icon"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:285
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Show placemark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:326
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:329
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Bold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:341
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:344
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Italics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:356
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:359
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Underlined"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:368
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:371
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Add image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:380
#: src/lib/marble/EditPlacemarkDialog.ui:383
msgctxt "UiEditPlacemarkDialog|"
msgid "Add link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ElevationWidget.ui:19
msgctxt "ElevationWidget|"
msgid "Elevation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ElevationWidget.ui:26
msgctxt "ElevationWidget|"
msgid " m"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ElevationWidget.ui:36
msgctxt "ElevationWidget|"
msgid "above sea level"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:14
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "External Map Editor Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:22
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "External Map Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:30
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "Web browser (iD)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:35
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "Merkaartor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:40
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "JOSM"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:48
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "Deactivate to be prompted for a map editor selection next time again. Otherwise, your choice is remembered and will be used automatically in the future. If you want to alter the default map editor later, you can do so in the Marble Settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:51
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "Make my selection the default map editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:69
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "Editor Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:81
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "Editor Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditor.ui:103
msgctxt "ExternalEditor|"
msgid "iD is an OpenStreetMap editor for quick editing tasks and beginners. It requires a web browser."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditorDialog.cpp:92
msgctxt "Marble::ExternalEditorDialog|"
msgid "Merkaartor is an OpenStreetMap editor that is powerful and easy to use. It integrates well into the used workspace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditorDialog.cpp:94
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditorDialog.cpp:101
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::ExternalEditorDialog|"
msgid "Please ask your system administrator to install %1 on your system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditorDialog.cpp:99
msgctxt "Marble::ExternalEditorDialog|"
msgid "JOSM is a powerful OpenStreetMap editor which is more complex to use than other editors. It is built on the Java platform and therefor runs on all systems for which Java is available but does not integrate well into the workspace. A Java SE-compatible runtime is required."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/ExternalEditorDialog.cpp:106
msgctxt "Marble::ExternalEditorDialog|"
msgid "iD is a very easy to use OpenStreetMap editor, though lacks the power of Merkaartor and JOSM. It runs on all platforms with a web browser."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">We will guide you through the process of creating a map theme for Marble. In the end you will have your own map that you can view in Marble.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Please choose the source that you want to use for the data of your map theme:</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Please choose a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_Map_Service\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">WMS</span></a> server or enter a custom server URL.</p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:124
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid "WMS Server:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:135
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:143
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid "URL:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:153
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid "http://"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:179
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid "Available Maps:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:196
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid ""
"<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd\">\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Please choose the location of a world map that is stored in a single image file (JPG, PNG, etc.). It needs to be provided in <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Equirectangular_projection\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">Equirectangular projection</span></a>, so the shape should look like this (size ratio: 2:1):</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\">Please enter the URL used for downloading individual tiles. Use the placeholders </span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-style:italic;\">{x}</span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\">, </span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-style:italic;\">{y}</span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\">, and </span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-style:italic;\">{zoomLevel}</span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\"> to reference a tile from the index.</span></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:293
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid "URL Scheme:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:332
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid ""
"<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd\">\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\">Please specify a title, a name and an icon for your new map. Add a description to let users know what your map is about. </span></p>"
msgid "A short description of your map theme. Here you can provide information about the purpose, origin, copyright and license of the data used in your map theme."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MapWizard.ui:403
msgctxt "MapWizard|"
msgid "It will appear in a tool tip and may contain HTML formatting."
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Congratulations! You have entered all the data that is necessary to create your map theme. Check the summary below carefully and press the "Finish" button to create the theme. </p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Please consider contributing the map theme back to the Marble community if the license and the terms of use allow for it.</p>"
msgid "<p><i>Development & Patches:</i> Simon Schmeisser, Claudiu Covaci, David Roberts, Nikolas Zimmermann, Jan Becker, Stefan Asserhäll, Laurent Montel, Prashanth Udupa, Anne-Marie Mahfouf, Josef Spillner, Frerich Raabe, Frederik Gladhorn, Fredrik Höglund, Albert Astals Cid, Thomas Zander, Joseph Wenninger, Kris Thomsen, Daniel Molkentin </p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:141
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<p><i>Platforms & Distributions:</i> Tim Sutton, Christian Ehrlicher, Ralf Habacker, Steffen Joeris, Marcus Czeslinski, Marcus D. Hanwell, Chitlesh Goorah, Sebastian Wiedenroth, Christophe Leske</p>"
msgid "<p>... and of course we'd like to thank the people at Google Inc. for making these projects possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:266
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<b>Credits</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:267
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<p><i>Various Suggestions & Testing:</i> Stefan Jordan, Robert Scott, Lubos Petrovic, Benoit Sigoure, Martin Konold, Matthias Welwarsky, Rainer Endres, Luis Silva, Ralf Gesellensetter, Tim Alder</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:269
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<p> We'd especially like to thank John Layt who provided an important source of inspiration by creating Marble's predecessor \"Kartographer\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:280
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<b>Maps</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:281
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>Blue Marble Next Generation (500 m / pixel)</i><br />"
"NASA Goddard Space Flight Center Earth Observatory <a href=\"http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/Newsroom/BlueMarble/\">http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/Newsroom/BlueMarble/</a></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:285
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>Earth's City Lights</i><br />"
"Data courtesy Marc Imhoff of NASA GSFC and Christopher Elvidge of NOAA NGDC. Image by Craig Mayhew and Robert Simmon, NASA GSFC.</p>"
"<p><i>Micro World Data Bank in Polygons (\"MWDB-POLY / MWDBII\")</i><br />"
"CIA ; Global Associates, Ltd.; Fred Pospeschil and Antonio Rivera</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:293
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>Temperature and Precipitation Maps (July and December)</i><br />"
"A combination of two datasets:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Legates, D.R. and Willmott, C.J. 1989. Average Monthly Surface Air Temperature and Precipitation. Digital Raster Data on a .5 degree Geographic (lat/long) 361x721 grid (centroid-registered on .5 degree meridians). Boulder CO: National Center for Atmospheric Research. <a href=\"http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/ecosys/cdroms/ged_iia/datasets/a04/lw.htm\">http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/ecosys/cdroms/ged_iia/datasets/a04/lw.htm</a></li>"
"<li>CRU CL 2.0: New, M., Lister, D., Hulme, M. and Makin, I., 2002: A high-resolution data set of surface climate over global land areas. Climate Research 21.<a href=\"http://www.cru.uea.ac.uk/cru/data/hrg\">http://www.cru.uea.ac.uk/cru/data/hrg</a></li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:305
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<b>Street Map</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:306
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>OpenStreetMap</i><br />"
"The street maps used in Marble via download are provided by the <a href=\"http://www.openstreetmap.org\">OpenStreetMap</a> Project (\"OSM\"). OSM is an open community which creates free editable maps.<br />"
"<i>License</i>: OpenStreetMap data can be used freely under the terms of the <a href=\"http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/index.php/OpenStreetMap_License\">Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.0 license</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:313
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>Icons</i><br />"
"Some icons are taken from <a href=\"http://www.sjjb.co.uk/mapicons\">SJJB Management</a> and <a href=\"http://thenounproject.com\">NounProject</a>. These icons can be used freely under the terms of the <a href=\"http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/\">CC0 1.0 Universal</a> license.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:317
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<p>Some icons are taken from <a href=\"http://fortawesome.github.com/Font-Awesome\">Font Awesome</a>. These icons can be used freely under the terms of the <a href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/\">CC BY 3.0</a> license.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:320
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>OpenRouteService</i><br />"
"Some of the routes used in Marble via download are provided by the <a href=\"http://www.openrouteservice.org\">OpenRouteService</a> Project (\"ORS\"). <br />"
"<i>License</i>: OpenRouteService data can be used freely under the terms of the <a href=\"http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/index.php/OpenStreetMap_License\">Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.0 license</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:326
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>Open Source Routing Machine</i><br />"
"Some of the routes used in Marble via download are provided by the <a href=\"http://project-osrm.org\">Open Source Routing Machine</a> Project (\"OSRM\"). <br />"
"<i>License</i>: Open Source Routing Machine data can be used freely under the terms of the <a href=\"http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/index.php/OpenStreetMap_License\">Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.0 license</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:332
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>MapQuest</i><br />"
"Some of the routes used in Marble via download are provided by <a href=\"http://www.mapquest.com/\">MapQuest</a> and their Open Data Map APIs and Web Services.<br />"
"Directions courtesy of MapQuest working on OpenStreetMap data that can be used freely under the terms of the <a href=\"http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/index.php/OpenStreetMap_License\">Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.0 license</a>. Usage of the MapQuest routing service is subject to the <a href=\"http://info.mapquest.com/terms-of-use/\">MapQuest terms of use</a>.</p>"
"<a href=\"http://www.geonames.org/\">http://www.geonames.org/</a><i>License</i>: Geonames.org data can be used freely under the terms of the <a href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/\">Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 license</a>.</p>"
"The flags were taken from Wikipedia (<a href=\"http://www.wikipedia.org\">http://www.wikipedia.org</a>) which in turn took a subset from <a href=\"http://www.openclipart.org\">http://www.openclipart.org</a> and reworked them. All flags are under the public domain (see comments inside the svg files).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:354
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "<b>Stars</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:355
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid ""
"<p><i>The Bright Star Catalogue</i><br />"
"5th Revised Ed. (Preliminary Version) Hoffleit D., Warren Jr W.H., Astronomical Data Center, NSSDC/ADC (1991)<a href=\"http://adc.gsfc.nasa.gov/adc-cgi/cat.pl?/catalogs/5/5050\"> http://adc.gsfc.nasa.gov</a></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:389
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleAboutDialog|"
msgid "Using Marble Library version %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleAboutDialog.cpp:396
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleAboutDialog|"
msgid ""
"<br />"
"(c) 2007-%1 by the authors of Marble Virtual Globe<br />"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">There are two caches being used for Marble: The physical memory which is needed to keep map data in the computer's memory. Increasing the value will make the application more responsive. The hard disc memory cache is used by download contents from the Internet (e.g. Wikipedia data or map data). Decrease this value if you want to save space on the hard disc and if high usage of the Internet is not an issue. </p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Proxy settings for your local intranet. Please leave empty if there is no proxy.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">While dragging the mouse there are two standard behaviours when dealing with a virtual globe:</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The location below mouse pointer will follow the cursor exactly: As a result e.g. the north pole will not stay at the top which can lead to confusion. By default Marble makes sure that north is always up which results in a dragging behaviour where the location below the mouse pointer slightly \"detaches\" from the cursor. </p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">When searching for a location Marble can either move instantly to the new location or it can show a travel animation from the previous place to the new place.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">By default Marble will display the home location immediately after the application has started. As an alternative it can also show the last position that was active when the user left the application. </p>"
msgid "<p>The application that is launched to edit maps. Potlatch (default) requires a web browser with flash support to be installed. When selecting josm or merkaartor, make sure that the respective application is installed.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\">This is Marble's machine room for advanced users. Here you can select and deselect the functionality that is provided through plugins. </span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\">Deselecting a plugin will remove the functionality from the map, menus and toolbars. </span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\">Also some of the plugins might allow for tweaking their configuration a bit. </span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The unit that gets used to measure altitude, lengths and distances (e.g. km, mi, ft).</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Specifies the notation of angles in coordinates: By default the Degree-Minute-Second notation (e.g. 54°30'00\" ) gets used. As an alternative you can choose decimal degrees (e.g. 54.5°).</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Specifies the map quality that gets displayed while there is no user input. Usually this allows for high map quality as speed is no concern.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Specifies the map quality that gets displayed during map animations (e.g. while dragging the globe). </p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Especially on slow machines it is advisable to set this option to \"low quality\" as this will give better speed.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Places often have different names in different languages. The label on the map can show the name in the user's language. Alternatively it can display the name in the official language and glyphs of that place. </p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The default font that gets used on the map.</p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWebView.cpp:23
msgctxt "MarbleWebView|"
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWebView.cpp:26
msgctxt "MarbleWebView|"
msgid "Copy selected content"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:115
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "Copy Coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:124
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "Directions &from here"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:125
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "Directions &to here"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:133
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "Add &Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:134
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "&Full Screen Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:137
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "&About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:154
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "&Address Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:180
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "No description available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:382
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "National Capital"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:384
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "City"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:386
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "State Capital"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:388
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "County Capital"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:391
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "Capital"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:399
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "Village"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:543
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "&Info Boxes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MarbleWidgetPopupMenu.cpp:878
msgctxt "Marble::MarbleWidgetPopupMenu|"
msgid "Address Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:37
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Missing encoding tools"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:38
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Marble requires additional software in order to create movies. Please get %1 "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:64
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCapture|"
msgid "AVI (mpeg4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:65
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCapture|"
msgid "FLV"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:66
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCapture|"
msgid "Matroska (h264)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:67
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCapture|"
msgid "MPEG-4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:68
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCapture|"
msgid "MPEG-2 PS (VOB)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:69
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCapture|"
msgid "OGG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCapture.cpp:70
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCapture|"
msgid "SWF"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:29
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|Start recording a movie"
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:59
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Codecs are unavailable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:59
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Supported codecs are not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:71
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Save video file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:92
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Filename is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:93
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|"
msgid "This file format is not supported. Please, use %1 instead"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:107
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Missing filename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/MovieCaptureDialog.cpp:108
msgctxt "Marble::MovieCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Destination video file is not set. I don't know where to save recorded video. Please, specify one."
msgid "Caution: Driving instructions may be incomplete or wrong."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/routing/RoutingManager.cpp:519
msgctxt "Marble::RoutingManager|"
msgid "Road construction, weather and other unforeseen variables can result in the suggested route not to be the most expedient or safest route to your destination."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/routing/RoutingManager.cpp:520
msgctxt "Marble::RoutingManager|"
msgid "Please use common sense while navigating."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/routing/RoutingManager.cpp:521
msgctxt "Marble::RoutingManager|"
msgid "The Marble development team wishes you a pleasant and safe journey."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Attention: Panning the map is disabled now! </span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Uncheck the "Lock map view to Subsolar Point" option to allow for viewing a different place on the globe again.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Earth as seen from Space. The map is based on NASA's beautiful \"Blue Marble Next Generation\" pictures. Credits: NASA's Earth Observatory</p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TileCreatorDialog.ui:517
msgctxt "TileCreatorDialog|"
msgid "Marble needs to create this map. This only needs to be done once and may take a few seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TileLevelRangeWidget.ui:17
msgctxt "TileLevelRangeWidget|"
msgid "Zoom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TileLevelRangeWidget.ui:25
msgctxt "TileLevelRangeWidget|"
msgid "&Tile Level Range:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TileLevelRangeWidget.ui:35
msgctxt "TileLevelRangeWidget|"
msgid "Minimum Tile Level"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TileLevelRangeWidget.ui:51
msgctxt "TileLevelRangeWidget|"
msgid "to"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TileLevelRangeWidget.ui:58
msgctxt "TileLevelRangeWidget|"
msgid "Maximum Tile Level"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:14
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid "Time Control"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:20
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:26
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid "&New date and time:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:36
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid "Refresh &interval:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:46
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid " seconds"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:65
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid "Now"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:123
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid "Current &date and time:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TimeControlWidget.ui:136
msgctxt "TimeControlWidget|"
msgid "Time Speed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:70
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Codecs are unavailable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:70
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Supported codecs are not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:82
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Save video file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:103
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Filename is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:104
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "This file format is not supported. Please, use %1 instead"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:115
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:135
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:170
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Start"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:116
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:121
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Missing filename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/lib/marble/TourCaptureDialog.cpp:122
msgctxt "Marble::TourCaptureDialog|"
msgid "Destination video file is not set. I don't know where to save recorded video. Please, specify one."
"<p>Marble has detected that the following <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">eclipse events</span> will occur in the near future. If you want more information on a specific event, select it and click OK.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Here you can choose if you want the weather condition to be shown (for example, clouds or clear sky.) Marble will only show the condition if this information is available.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Selects if you want the temperature to be shown. The temperature will only be shown for the stations it is available for.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Select if you want the wind direction to be shown. The wind direction will only be shown if it is available for the particular station.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Select if you want the wind speed to be shown. The wind speed will only be shown if it is available for the particular station.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The unit used to measure the temperature.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The unit used to measure the wind speed.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The unit used to measure the air pressure.</p>"
msgid "The Jabber user %1 removed %2's subscription to him/her. This account will no longer be able to view his/her online/offline status. Do you want to delete the contact?"
msgid "You have preselected a resource for contact %1, but you still have open chat windows for this contact. The preselected resource will only apply to newly opened chat windows."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabbercontact.cpp:1115
#, kde-format
msgid "Jabber Resource Selector"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabbergroupcontact.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Change nickname"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabbergroupcontact.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Change nickname - Jabber Plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabbergroupcontact.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgid "Please enter the new nickname you want to have in the room <i>%1</i>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose Account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose an account to handle the URL %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to add '%1' to your contact list?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:393
#, kde-format
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:393
#, kde-format
msgid "Do Not Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to remove '%1' from your contact list?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Do Not Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Jabber/jabberprotocol.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "Please enter your nickname for the room %1"
msgid "Do you really want to end your current game and start a new one?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewin.cpp:2903
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>KsirK quick Introduction</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewin.cpp:2907
#, kde-format
msgid "Attacks and moves are issued through drag & drop between neighbour countries."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewin.cpp:2911
#, kde-format
msgid "Start a new game or join a network game with the menu or the toolbar..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewin.cpp:2915
#, kde-format
msgid "and then let the system guide you through messages and tooltips appearing on buttons when hovering above them. You can disable bubble help in the options window."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewin.cpp:2922
#, kde-format
msgid "Don't show messages anymore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "%2 belongs to %3. 1 army."
msgid_plural "%2 belongs to %3. %1 armies."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot save when waiting for a defense."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgid "KsirK - Save Game"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"%1 exists.\n"
"Do you really want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "Overwrite file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:461
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving canceled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "Game saved to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Only game master can save the game in network playing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kgamewinslots.cpp:809
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Attack by drag & drop between countries<br>"
"Move armies the same way (last action of a turn)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Nationality:</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Continent:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Country:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Owner:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "<b><u>Country details</u></b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "<i>Fighting in progress...</i>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "<font color=\"red\">Attack</font> with 1 army.<br>"
msgid_plural "<font color=\"red\">Attack</font> with %1 armies.<br>"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krightdialog.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "<font color=\"blue\">Defend</font> with 1 army.<br>"
msgid_plural "<font color=\"blue\">Defend</font> with %1 armies.<br>"
"Number of bonus points when owning the full continent.\n"
"\n"
"At the end of each turn a number of armies is distributed to each player. If one player owns all the countries of this continent, he/she gains this bonus.\n"
"\n"
"The bonus should be proportional to the continent's size and to the difficulty to conquer it or to keep it."
msgid "This is the map's width. The map SVG element will be by default drawn on an image of this width. All positions on the map are expressed relatively to this dimension.\n"
msgid "This is the map's height. The map SVG element will be by default drawn on an image of this height All positions on the map are expressed relatively to this dimension.\n"
"Each nationality name should be unique. Select a nationality and edit its details in the right dock.\n"
"\n"
"During the game, each player must choose a nationality. As such, you should add at least as many nationalities as the maximum number of players for this skin."
msgid "List of all the countries defined in the world. Currently selected countries are highlighted. You can modify the selection using the mouse and Ctrl and Shift keys."
msgid "Use the buttons here to do the initial placement of the corresponding sprite for the currently selected country. The buttons are available only if the sprite is not already placed. "
"Empty space size between fighting cannon and flag.\n"
"\n"
"During a battle, firing (end exploding) cannons of each player are placed in both sides of the defender country flag. This parameter is the number of pixels between the flag and each cannon, measured relatively to the map base size as set in the main skin definition panel."
"<p>The pool <i>flag</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width: <i>Width</i> * N<i>number of frames</i> and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>flag</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width: (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"The pool flag element will be rendered on a pixmap of height: (Height * Number of versions) and then split into individual frames.\n"
"\n"
"Each version shows the sprite visible from one direction: the first one is directed towards the right, the second towards the left, the third one from the front and the last one from the back. However, not all sprites need all versions."
"<p>The pool <i>infantry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width: <i>Width</i> * <i>number of frames</i> and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>infantry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height: <i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i> and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>infantry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width: (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>infantry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height: (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>Each version shows the sprite visible from one direction: the first one is directed towards the right, the second towards the left, the third one from front and the last one from the back. However, not all sprites need all versions.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cavalry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cavalry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cavalry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width: (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cavalry</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>Each version shows the sprite visible from one direction: the first one is directed towards the right, the second towards the left, the third one from front and the last one from the back. However, not all sprites need all versions.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cannon</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cannon<i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cannon</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>cannon</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>Each version shows the sprite visible from one direction: the first one is directed towards the right, the second towards the left, the third one from front and the last one from the back. However, not all sprites need all versions.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>firing cannon</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>firing cannon</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>Number of individual firing cannon frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>firing cannon</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>firing cannon</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>Each version shows the sprite visible from one direction: the first one is directed towards the right, the second towards the left, the third one from front and the last one from the back. However, not all sprites need all versions.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>exploding</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>exploding</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>Number of individual exploding cannon frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>exploding</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of width (<i>Width</i> * <i>Number of frames</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>The pool <i>exploding</i> element will be rendered on a pixmap of height (<i>Height</i> * <i>Number of versions</i>) and then split into individual frames.</p>"
"<p>Each version shows the sprite visible from one direction: the first one is directed towards the right, the second towards the left, the third one from front and the last one from the back. However, not all sprites need all versions.</p>"
# This file is distributed under the same license as the kubrick package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kubrick\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 09:20+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-05 08:48+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Front View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Back View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "DEMO - Click anywhere to begin playing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry, the cube cannot be shuffled at the moment. The number of shuffling moves is set to zero. Please select your number of shuffling moves in the options dialog at menu item Game->Choose Puzzle Type->Make Your Own..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "New Puzzle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Load Puzzle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:178 game.cpp:1342
#, kde-format
msgid "Kubrick Game Files (*.kbk)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "The file '%1' is not a valid Kubrick game-file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Undo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Redo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "This cube has not been shuffled, so there is nothing to solve."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Solve the Cube"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Restart Puzzle (Undo All)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: game.cpp:368 kubrick.cpp:307
+#: game.cpp:368 kubrick.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Redo All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry, could not find a valid Kubrick demo file called %1. It should have been installed in the 'apps/kubrick' sub-directory."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "File Not Found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:1056
#, kde-format
msgid "Only one of your dimensions can be one cubie wide."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:1057
#, kde-format
msgid "Cube Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:1341
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Puzzle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:1564
#, kde-format
msgid "You have no moves to undo."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:1594
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There are no moves to redo.\n"
"\n"
"That could be because you have not undone any or you have redone them all or because all previously undone moves are automatically deleted whenever you make a new move using the keyboard or mouse."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:1885
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The cube has animated moves in progress or the demo is running.\n"
"\n"
"Please wait or click on the cube to stop the demo."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: game.cpp:1888
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry, too busy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Rubik's Cube Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Cube dimensions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Moves per shuffle (difficulty):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Cube dimensions: %1x%2x%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Moves per shuffle (difficulty): %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "<i>Please use <nobr>'Choose Puzzle Type->Make Your Own...'</nobr> to set the above options.</i>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Watch shuffling in progress?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Watch your moves in progress?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Speed of moves:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:131
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "% of bevel on edges of cubies:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You can choose any size of cube (or brick) up to 6x6x6, but only one side can have dimension 1 (otherwise the puzzle becomes trivial). The easiest puzzle is 2x2x1 and 3x3x1 is a good warmup for the original Rubik's Cube, which is 3x3x3. Simple puzzles have 2 to 5 shuffling moves, a difficult 3x3x3 puzzle has 10 to 20 --- or you can choose zero shuffling then shuffle the cube yourself, maybe for a friend to solve.\n"
"The other options determine whether you can watch the shuffling and/or your own moves and how fast the animation goes. The bevel option affects the appearance of the small cubes. Try setting it to 30 and you'll see what we mean."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gamedialog.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "HELP: Rubik's Cube Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:83
+#: kubrick.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Welcome to Kubrick"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:104
+#: kubrick.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "2x2x1 mat, 1 move"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:105
+#: kubrick.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "2x2x1 mat, 2 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:106
+#: kubrick.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "2x2x1 mat, 3 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:107
+#: kubrick.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "2x2x2 cube, 2 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:108
+#: kubrick.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "2x2x2 cube, 3 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:109
+#: kubrick.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "2x2x2 cube, 4 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:110
+#: kubrick.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x1 mat, 4 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:111 kubrick.cpp:118
+#: kubrick.cpp:113 kubrick.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 cube, 3 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:112 kubrick.cpp:119
+#: kubrick.cpp:114 kubrick.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 cube, 4 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:120
+#: kubrick.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "4x4x4 cube, 4 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:121
+#: kubrick.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "5x5x5 cube, 4 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:122
+#: kubrick.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "6x3x2 brick, 4 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:128
+#: kubrick.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 cube, 7 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:129
+#: kubrick.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "4x4x4 cube, 5 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:130
+#: kubrick.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "5x5x5 cube, 6 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:131
+#: kubrick.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "6x6x6 cube, 6 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:132
+#: kubrick.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "6x4x1 mat, 9 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:133
+#: kubrick.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "6x3x2 brick, 6 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:139
+#: kubrick.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 cube, 12 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:140
+#: kubrick.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 cube, 15 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:141
+#: kubrick.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 cube, 20 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:142
+#: kubrick.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "4x4x4 cube, 12 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:143
+#: kubrick.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "5x5x5 cube, 15 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:144
+#: kubrick.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "6x6x6 cube, 25 moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:150
+#: kubrick.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Rubik's Cube can be moved into many interesting patterns. Here are a few from David Singmaster's classic book 'Notes on Rubik's Magic Cube, Fifth Edition', pages 47-49, published in 1981. After a pattern has formed, you can use the Solve action (default key S) to undo and redo it as often as you like."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:159 kubrick.cpp:194
+#: kubrick.cpp:161 kubrick.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Info"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:160
+#: kubrick.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 6 X"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:161
+#: kubrick.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 2 X"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:162
+#: kubrick.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 6 Spot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:163
+#: kubrick.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 4 Spot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:164
+#: kubrick.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 4 Plus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:165
+#: kubrick.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 4 Bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:166
+#: kubrick.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 6 U"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:167
+#: kubrick.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, 4 U"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:168
+#: kubrick.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, Snake"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:169
+#: kubrick.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, Worm"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:170
+#: kubrick.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, Tricolor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:171
+#: kubrick.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3, Double Cube"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:177
+#: kubrick.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Mathematicians calculate that a 3x3x3 cube can be shuffled into 43,252,003,274,489,856,000 different patterns, yet they conjecture that all positions can be solved in 20 moves or less. The method that can do that (as yet undiscovered) is called God's Algorithm.<br>"
"<br>"
"Many longer methods are known. See the two Wikipedia articles on Rubik's Cube and Optimal Solutions for Rubik's Cube.<br>"
"<br>"
"Several methods work systematically by building the solution one layer at a time, using sequences of moves that solve a few pieces without disturbing what has already been done. The 'Beginner Solution' demonstrated here uses that approach. Just over 100 moves solve a cube that is shuffled in 20.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:195
+#: kubrick.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Layer 1, Edges First"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:196
+#: kubrick.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Layer 2, Edge from Bottom Right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:197
+#: kubrick.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Layer 2, Edge from Bottom Left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:198
+#: kubrick.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Layer 3, Flip Edge Pieces"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:199
+#: kubrick.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Layer 3, Place Corners"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:200
+#: kubrick.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Layer 3, Twist Corners"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:201
+#: kubrick.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Layer 3, Place Edges and DONE!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:202
+#: kubrick.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Cube, Complete Solution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:203
+#: kubrick.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Swap 2 Pairs of Edges"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:204
+#: kubrick.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Untwist 2 Corners"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:205
+#: kubrick.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "3x3x3 Flip 2 Edges"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:218
+#: kubrick.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "&New Puzzle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:219
+#: kubrick.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Start a new puzzle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:220
+#: kubrick.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Finish the puzzle you are working on and start a new puzzle with the same dimensions and number of shuffling moves."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:228
+#: kubrick.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "&Load Puzzle..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:229
+#: kubrick.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Reload a saved puzzle from a file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:230
+#: kubrick.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Reload a puzzle you have previously saved on a file, including its dimensions, settings, current state and history of moves."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:238
+#: kubrick.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "&Save Puzzle..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:239
+#: kubrick.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "Save the puzzle on a file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:240
+#: kubrick.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Save the puzzle on a file, including its dimensions, settings, current state and history of moves."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:247
+#: kubrick.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid "&Save Puzzle As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:252
+#: kubrick.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Restart &Puzzle..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:253 kubrick.cpp:255
+#: kubrick.cpp:255 kubrick.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "Undo all previous moves and start again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:267 kubrick.cpp:268
+#: kubrick.cpp:269 kubrick.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "Undo the last move."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:273
+#: kubrick.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Redo a previously undone move."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:274
+#: kubrick.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "Redo a previously undone move (repeatedly from the start if required)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:280
+#: kubrick.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the solution of the puzzle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:281
+#: kubrick.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the solution of the puzzle by undoing and re-doing all shuffling moves."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:287
+#: kubrick.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid "Main &Demo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:288
+#: kubrick.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Run a demonstration of puzzle moves."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:289
+#: kubrick.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Run a demonstration of puzzle moves, in which randomly chosen cubes, bricks or mats are shuffled and solved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:294
+#: kubrick.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Realign Cube"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:295
+#: kubrick.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Realign the cube so that the top, front and right faces are visible together."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:297
+#: kubrick.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Realign the cube so that the top, front and right faces are visible together and the cube's axes are parallel to the XYZ axes, thus making keyboard moves properly meaningful."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:312
+#: kubrick.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Singmaster Moves"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:327
+#: kubrick.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "This area shows Singmaster moves."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:332
+#: kubrick.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The letters RLFBUD are mathematical notation based on English words. Please leave those letters and words untranslated in some form."
msgid "This area shows Singmaster moves. They are based on the letters RLFBUD, representing (in English) the Right, Left, Front, Back, Up and Down faces. In normal view, the letters RFU represent clockwise moves of the three visible faces and LBD appear as anticlockwise moves of the hidden faces. Adding a ' (apostrophe) to a letter gives the reverse of that letter's move. To move inner slices, add periods (or dots) before the letter of the nearest face."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:356
+#: kubrick.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "&Easy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:361
+#: kubrick.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "&Not So Easy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:366
+#: kubrick.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgid "&Hard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:371
+#: kubrick.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "&Very Hard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:377
+#: kubrick.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Make your own..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:388
+#: kubrick.cpp:390
#, kde-format
msgid "1 Cube"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:390
+#: kubrick.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "Show one view of this cube."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:391
+#: kubrick.cpp:393
#, kde-format
msgid "Show one view of this cube, from the front."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:399
+#: kubrick.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "2 Cubes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:401
+#: kubrick.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgid "Show two views of this cube."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:402
+#: kubrick.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "Show two views of this cube, from the front and the back. Both can rotate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:409
+#: kubrick.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "3 Cubes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:411
+#: kubrick.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Show three views of this cube."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kubrick.cpp:412
+#: kubrick.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Show three views of this cube, a large one, from the front, and two small ones, from the front and the back. Only the large one can rotate."
"<p>Depending on configuration, this view shows the call graph environment of the active function. Note: the shown cost is <b>only</b> the cost which is spent while the active function was actually running; i.e. the cost shown for main() - if it is visible - should be the same as the cost of the active function, as that is the part of inclusive cost of main() spent while the active function was running.</p>"
"<p>For cycles, blue call arrows indicate that this is an artificial call added for correct drawing which actually never happened.</p>"
"<p>If the graph is larger than the widget area, an overview panner is shown in one edge. There are similar visualization options to the Call Treemap; the selected function is highlighted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callgraphview.cpp:1971
msgctxt "CallGraphView|"
msgid ""
"Warning: a long lasting graph layouting is in progress.\n"
"Reduce node/edge limits for speedup.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callgraphview.cpp:1974
msgctxt "CallGraphView|"
msgid "Layouting stopped.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callgraphview.cpp:1976
#, qt-format
msgctxt "CallGraphView|"
msgid "The call graph has %1 nodes and %2 edges.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callgraphview.cpp:1985
msgctxt "CallGraphView|"
msgid "No graph available because the layouting process failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callgraphview.cpp:1987
#, qt-format
msgctxt "CallGraphView|"
msgid ""
"Trying to run the following command did not work:\n"
"<p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callers of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callmapview.cpp:108
msgctxt "CallMapView|"
msgid ""
"<b>Call Map</b>"
"<p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callees of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callmapview.cpp:116
msgctxt "CallMapView|"
msgid ""
"<p>Appearance options can be found in the in the context menu. To get exact size proportions, choose 'Hide incorrect borders'. As this mode can be <em>very</em> time consuming, you may want to limit the maximum drawn nesting level before. 'Best' determinates the split direction for children from the aspect ratio of the parent. 'Always Best' decides on remaining space for each sibling. 'Ignore Proportions' takes space for function name drawing <em>before</em> drawing children. Note that size proportions can get <em>heavily</em> wrong.</p>"
"<p>This is a <em>TreeMap</em> widget. Keyboard navigation is available with the left/right arrow keys for traversing siblings, and up/down arrow keys to go a nesting level up/down. <em>Return</em> activates the current item.</p>"
"<p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one directly, together with a call count and the cost spent in the current selected function while being called from the function from the list.</p>"
"<p>An icon instead of an inclusive cost specifies that this is a call inside of a recursive cycle. An inclusive cost makes no sense here.</p>"
"<p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/callview.cpp:99
msgctxt "CallView|"
msgid ""
"<b>List of direct Callees</b>"
"<p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one directly, together with a call count and the cost spent in this function while being called from the selected function.</p>"
"<p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>"
"<p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one, either directly or with several functions in-between on the stack; the number of functions in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p>"
"<p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the selected function while a listed function is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the selected function while the listed one is active. The cost graphic shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p>"
"<p>As there can be many calls from the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p>"
"<p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/coverageview.cpp:124
msgctxt "CoverageView|"
msgid ""
"<b>List of all Callees</b>"
"<p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one, either directly or with several function in-between on the stack; the number of function in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p>"
"<p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the listed function while the selected is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the listed function while the selected one is active. The cost graphic always shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p>"
"<p>As there can be many calls to the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p>"
"<p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/coverageview.cpp:170
#, qt-format
msgctxt "CoverageView|"
msgid "Go to '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/eventtypeitem.cpp:58
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Unknown Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/eventtypeview.cpp:47
msgctxt "EventTypeView|"
msgid "Event Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/eventtypeview.cpp:48
msgctxt "EventTypeView|"
msgid "Incl."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/eventtypeview.cpp:49
msgctxt "EventTypeView|"
msgid "Self"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/eventtypeview.cpp:50
msgctxt "EventTypeView|"
msgid "Short"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/eventtypeview.cpp:52
msgctxt "EventTypeView|"
msgid "Formula"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/eventtypeview.cpp:86
msgctxt "EventTypeView|"
msgid ""
"<b>Cost Types List</b>"
"<p>This list shows all cost types available and what the self/inclusive cost of the current selected function is for that cost type.</p>"
"<p>By choosing a cost type from the list, you change the cost type of costs shown all over KCachegrind to be the selected one.</p>"
"<p>The flat profile contains a group and a function selection list. The group list contains all groups where costs are spent in, depending on the chosen group type. The group list is hidden when group type 'Function' is selected.</p>"
"<p>The function list contains the functions of the selected group (or all for 'Function' group type), ordered by the costs spent therein. Functions with costs less than 1% are hidden on default.</p>"
"<p>The annotated machine code list shows the assembly instructions of the current selected function together with (self) cost spent while executing an instruction. If this is a call instruction, lines with details on the call happening are inserted into the source: the cost spent inside of the call, the number of calls happening, and the call destination.</p>"
"<p>The machine code shown is generated with the 'objdump' utility from the 'binutils' package.</p>"
"<p>Select a line with call information to make the destination function of this call current.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:275
#, qt-format
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "Go to '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:280
#, qt-format
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "Go to Address %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:292
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "Hex Code"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:583
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "There is no instruction info in the profile data file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:585
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "Tip: For Callgrind, rerun with option"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:586
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid " --dump-instr=yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:587
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "To see (conditional) jumps, additionally specify"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:588
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid " --collect-jumps=yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:836
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "For annotated machine code, the following object file is needed:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:841
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "This file can not be found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:844
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "If cross-compiled, set SYSROOT variable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:868
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "There is an error trying to execute the command"
msgid "This utility can be found in the 'binutils' package."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:976
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "(No Instruction)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:1144
#, qt-format
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "There are %n cost line(s) without machine code."
msgid_plural "There are %n cost line(s) without machine code."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:1146
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "This happens because the code of"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:1149
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "does not seem to match the profile data file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:1152
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "Are you using an old profile data file or is the above mentioned"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:1154
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "ELF object from an updated installation/another machine?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:1162
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "There seems to be an error trying to execute the command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/instrview.cpp:1166
msgctxt "InstrView|"
msgid "Check that the ELF object used in the command exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partgraph.cpp:164
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Profile Part %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partgraph.cpp:221
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "(no trace)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partgraph.cpp:224
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "(no part)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partlistitem.cpp:49
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "(none)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:58
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Parts Overview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:71
msgctxt "PartSelection|A thing's name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:72
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Cost"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:79
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "(no trace parts)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:106
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid ""
"<b>The Parts Overview</b>"
"<p>A trace consists of multiple trace parts when there are several profile data files from one profile run. The Trace Part Overview dockable shows these, horizontally ordered in execution time; the rectangle sizes are proportional to the total cost spent in the parts. You can select one or several parts to constrain all costs shown to these parts only.</p>"
"<p>The parts are further subdivided: there is a partitioning and an callee split mode: "
"<ul>"
"<li>Partitioning: You see the partitioning into groups for a trace part, according to the group type selected. E.g. if ELF object groups are selected, you see colored rectangles for each used ELF object (shared library or executable), sized according to the cost spent therein.</li>"
"<li>Callee: A rectangle showing the inclusive cost of the current selected function in the trace part is shown. This is split up into smaller rectangles to show the costs of its callees.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:241
#, qt-format
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Profile Part Overview: Current is '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:347
#, qt-format
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Deselect '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:349
#, qt-format
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Select '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:354
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Select All Parts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:355
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Visible Parts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:356
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Hide Selected Parts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:357
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Show Hidden Parts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:371
#, qt-format
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Go to '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:380
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Visualization"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:381
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Partitioning Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:383
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Zoom Function"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:385
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Show Direct Calls"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:386
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Increment Shown Call Levels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:387
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Diagram Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:402
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Draw Names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:404
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Draw Costs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:406
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Ignore Proportions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:408
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Allow Rotation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:410
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Draw Frames"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:424
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Hide Info"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:424
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "Show Info"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partselection.cpp:572
msgctxt "PartSelection|"
msgid "(no trace loaded)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partview.cpp:47
msgctxt "PartView|"
msgid "Profile Part"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partview.cpp:48
msgctxt "PartView|"
msgid "Incl."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partview.cpp:49
msgctxt "PartView|"
msgid "Self"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partview.cpp:50
msgctxt "PartView|"
msgid "Called"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partview.cpp:51
msgctxt "PartView|"
msgid "Comment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/partview.cpp:78
msgctxt "PartView|"
msgid ""
"<b>Trace Part List</b>"
"<p>This list shows all trace parts of the loaded trace. For each part, the self/inclusive cost of the current selected function, spent in the part, is shown; percentage costs are always relative to the total cost <em>of the part</em> (not to the whole trace as in the Trace Part Overview). Also shown are the calls happening to/from the current function inside of the trace part.</p>"
"<p>By choosing one or more trace parts from the list, the costs shown all over KCachegrind will only be the ones spent in the selected part(s). If no list selection is shown, in fact all trace parts are selected implicitly.</p>"
"<p>This is a multi-selection list. You can select ranges by dragging the mouse or use SHIFT/CTRL modifiers. Selection/Deselection of trace parts can also be done by using the Trace Part Overview Dockable. This one also supports multiple selection.</p>"
"<p>Note that the list is hidden if only one trace part is loaded.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceitem.cpp:147
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Jump %1 of %2 times to %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceitem.cpp:152
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Jump %1 times to %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:61
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "#"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:62
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Cost"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:63
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Cost 2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:65
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:93
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid ""
"<b>Annotated Source</b>"
"<p>The annotated source list shows the source lines of the current selected function together with (self) cost spent while executing the code of this source line. If there was a call in a source line, lines with details on the call happening are inserted into the source: the cost spent inside of the call, the number of calls happening, and the call destination.</p>"
"<p>Select a inserted call information line to make the destination function current.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:120
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Go to '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:125
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Go to Line %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:637
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "There is no cost of current selected type associated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:639
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "with any source line of this function in file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:643
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Thus, no annotated source can be shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:668
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "--- From '%1' ---"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:673
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "--- Inlined from '%1' ---"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:674
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "--- Inlined from unknown source ---"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:679
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "There is no source available for the following function:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:684
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "This is because no debug information is present."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:686
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Recompile source and redo the profile run."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:689
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "The function is located in this ELF object:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:697
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "This is because its source file cannot be found:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:701
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "Add the folder of this file to the source folder list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libviews/sourceview.cpp:703
msgctxt "SourceView|"
msgid "The list can be found in the configuration dialog."
"<p>This widget shows information for the currently selected function in different tabs: "
"<ul>"
"<li>The Costs tab shows a list of available event types and the inclusive and self-costs related to these types.</li>"
"<li>The Parts tab shows a list of trace parts if the trace consists of more than one part (otherwise, this tab is hidden). The cost of the selected function spent in the different parts together with the calls happening is shown.</li>"
"<li>The Call Lists tab shows direct callers and callees of the function in more detail.</li>"
"<li>The Coverage tab shows the same as the Call Lists tab, but also shows indirect callers and callees, not just direct ones.</li>"
"<li>The Call Graph tab shows a graphical visualization of the calls made by this function.</li>"
"<li>The Source Code tab presents annotated source code if debugging information and the source file are available.</li>"
"<li>The Machine Code tab presents annotated assembly instructions if profile information at instruction level is available.</li>"
"</ul>"
"For more information, see the <em>What's This?</em> help of the corresponding tab widget.</p>"
msgid "An AbstractCard is the simplest form of card. It's just a rectangle with a shadow, which can contain any Item in it. It can also have items assigned to the Header or Footer properties. In this case a Kirigami.Heading is its header and a Label with WordWrap is the contentItem."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:66
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid ""
"This is an AbstractCard with a Label with WordWrap in it and nothing else, it's the simplest form Cards can be found in.\n"
"An AbstractCard can be clicked itself, with the usual onClicked signal handler and the showClickFeedback property can be used if the click should show any kind of visual feedback. It is recommended to set it to true if you plan to make the card reactive on any kind of click."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:68
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Card clicked"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:74
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:96
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:134
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:209
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Action1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:78
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:100
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:138
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:213
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Action2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:84
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Card"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:88
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "This is an instance of the Card type: it can optionally have an image, a title and an icon assigned to its banner group property, one or all of the properties together. A Card can also have Actions that will appear in the footer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:104
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Action3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:108
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Action4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:112
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Action5"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:116
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Action6"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:127
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid ""
"The title can be aligned to all corners or centered with a combination of Qt.Alignment flags.\n"
" When there are too many actions, they go in an overflow menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:144
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Action always hidden"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:154
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "The Banner can contain only the title and/or an icon, even if there is no banner image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:177
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "It's possible to have custom contents overlapping the image, for cases where a more personalized design is needed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:192
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "It's possible to customize the look and feel for Cards too, if the no padding behavior for headers is needed. This is usually discouraged in order to have greater consistency, but in some cases the design requires a more fancy layout, as shown in this example of a Card. If a custom header is used, the title and icon in the banner property shouldn't be used. If a custom footer is used (which is discouraged), actions shouldn't be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:197
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Custom footer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:200
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/CardsLayoutGallery.qml:223
msgctxt "CardsLayoutGallery|"
msgid ""
"A card can optionally have horizontal orientation.\n"
" In this case will be wider than tall, so is fit to be used also in a ColumnLayout.\n"
"If you need to put it in a CardsLayout, it will have by default a columnSpan of 2 (which can be overridden)."
msgid "A modal bottom drawer will span for the whole application window width and will darken the rest of the app. Clicking on a darkened will dismiss the drawer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/DrawerGallery.qml:84
#: contents/ui/gallery/DrawerGallery.qml:103
#: contents/ui/gallery/DrawerGallery.qml:120
#: contents/ui/gallery/DrawerGallery.qml:139
msgctxt "DrawerGallery|"
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/DrawerGallery.qml:99
msgctxt "DrawerGallery|"
msgid "An inline top drawer covers the whole application width but lets the uncovered pieces to still be interacted with."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/DrawerGallery.qml:116
msgctxt "DrawerGallery|"
msgid "A modal top drawer will span for the whole application window width and will darken the rest of the app. Clicking on the darkened area will dismiss the drawer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: contents/ui/gallery/DrawerGallery.qml:135
msgctxt "DrawerGallery|"
msgid "An inline bottom drawer covers the whole application width but lets the uncovered pieces to still be interacted with."
msgid "You can use rich text in inline messages and optionally handle clicks on links (opens in browser): <a href=\"https://www.kde.org\">https://www.kde.org/<a/>"
"A sheet by default will be over a single page, even if the app is in wide mode. By changing the sheet parent to applicationWindow().overlay it will display the sheet as an overlay on top of the whole application window.\n"
"In this case the sheet will cover the page Action buttons too."
msgid "When this option is enabled, articles you marked as important will not be removed when limit the archive size by either age or number of the articles."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Concurrent Fetches"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of concurrent fetches"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Use HTML Cache"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the KDE-wide HTML cache settings when downloading feeds, to avoid unnecessary traffic. Disable only when necessary."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:134
#, kde-format
msgid "This option allows user to specify custom user-agent string instead of using the default one. This is here because some proxies may interrupt the connection because of having \"gator\" in the name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Fetch on startup"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Fetch feedlist on startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all feeds as read on startup"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all feeds as read on startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Use interval fetching"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:151
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Fetch all feeds every %1 minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Interval for autofetching"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:156
#, kde-format
msgid "Interval for autofetching in minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Use notifications"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies if the balloon notifications are used or not."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Show tray icon"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies if the tray icon is shown or not."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Unread In Taskbar"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies if we show unread article in taskbar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show the tab bar, even when only one tab is open"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Show close buttons on tabs"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Show close buttons on tabs instead of icons"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Open a link which would normally open in a new window (external browser) in a new tab instead"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Use default KDE web browser"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Use KDE web browser when opening in external browser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this command:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the specified command when opening in external browser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:209
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Command to launch external browser. URL will substitute for %u."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:213
#, kde-format
msgid "What the click with left mouse button should do."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:222
#, kde-format
msgid "What the click with middle mouse button should do."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive Backend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseMarkReadDelay), group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to delay before marking an article as read upon selecting it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MarkReadDelay), group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Configurable delay between selecting an article and it being marked as read."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Resets the quick filter when changing feeds."
msgid "Feed readers provide a convenient way to browse different kinds of content, including news, blogs, and other content from online sites. Instead of checking all your favorite web sites manually for updates, Akregator collects the content for you."
msgid "For more information about using Akregator, check the <a href='https://kontact.kde.org/components/akregator.html'>Akregator website</a>. If you do not want to see this page anymore, <a href='config:/disable_introduction'>click here</a>."
"Here you can browse articles from the currently selected feed. You can also manage articles, as marking them as persistent (\"Mark as Important\") or delete them, using the right mouse button menu. To view the web page of the article, you can open the article internally in a tab or in an external browser window."
msgid "Some resources were added but data were not sync. Select resources that you want to sync:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:48
#: gui/job/fullsynchronizeresourcesjob.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "\"%1\" already exists. Do you want to overwrite it or merge it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:78
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:87
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Merge"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "\"%1\" already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Directory \"%1\" already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/job/fullsynchronizeresourcesjob.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize resources"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/job/fullsynchronizeresourcesjob.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize resources... It can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/pimdatabackuprestoreui.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "The archive was created by a newer version of this program. It might contain additional data which will be skipped during import. Do you want to import it?"
msgid "To let Kube access your account, fill in email address, username, password and give the account a title that will be displayed inside Kube. For information about which SMTP, IMAP address, which authentication and port to be used, please contact your email provider."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/imap/qml/AccountSettings.qml:84
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "IMAP server address"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/imap/qml/AccountSettings.qml:101
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "SMTP address"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/kolabnow/qml/AccountSettings.qml:27
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "Connect your Kolab Now account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/kolabnow/qml/AccountSettings.qml:28
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "Please fill in your name and email address. No account yet? <a href='https://kolabnow.com/kube-campaign/'>Sign up now</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/kolabnow/qml/Login.qml:58
msgctxt "Login|"
msgid "Password of your Kolab Now account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/maildir/qml/AccountSettings.qml:28
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "Add your Maildir archive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/maildir/qml/AccountSettings.qml:29
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "To let Kube access your maildir archive, add the path to your archive and give the account a title that will be displayed inside Kube."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/maildir/qml/AccountSettings.qml:55
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "Title of Account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/maildir/qml/AccountSettings.qml:60
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "E.g. \"Work\", \"Home\" that will be displayed in Kube as name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: accounts/maildir/qml/AccountSettings.qml:68
msgctxt "AccountSettings|"
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: applications/kube/main.cpp:178
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "To automatically unlock the keyring pass in a keyring in the form of {\"accountId\": {\"resourceId\": \"secret\", *}}"